Compare commits

...

357 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Claudia Pellegrino
b6a9d91bcb Merge branch 'machine-name' into 'master'
feat(makechrootpkg): use meaningful machine name

See merge request archlinux/devtools!269
2025-08-07 09:52:18 +02:00
Jakub Klinkovský
fc56ebedf3 fix(completion): fix bash completion for the license subcommand
Signed-off-by: Jakub Klinkovský <lahwaacz@archlinux.org>
2025-08-05 17:48:12 +02:00
Christian Heusel
01757e6904 fix(commitpkg): Quiet git ls-files output
So far all files in `needsversioning=(...)` have been printed to the
command line if they were found, which is not useful, especially now
that we have more files present there.

It makes sense however to keep the standard error output, as this gives
a actionable suggestion what one should to to fix the issue:

    > error: pathspec 'PKGBUILD' did not match any file(s) known to git
    > Did you forget to 'git add'?

Fixes #281

Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2025-08-01 11:26:57 +02:00
Daniel M. Capella
c5fe8ff3e6 feat(license): Extend matches for sysusers/tmpfiles configs
Eg. to match:
- sysusers.conf
- $pkgname.sysusers
- $pkgname.sysusers.conf
2025-07-28 23:38:32 -04:00
Claudia Pellegrino
a2945b09a8 feat(makechrootpkg): use meaningful machine name
While running a longer makechrootpkg session that involves many
packages, looking at the terminal output is not always sufficient to
tell which package makechrootpkg is currently processing.

In systemd version 256, a feature was introduced in `systemd-nspawn`,
which sets the window title from the container name. [1]

To improve makechrootpkg’s UX, take advantage of systemd-nspawn’s new
feature by setting the machine name (and thus, the terminal title) to
one of the following values, depending on the step makechrootpkg is at:

1. `makechrootpkg.building.mypkg`

2. `makechrootpkg.downloading.pkg1.pkg2.pkg3-git`

3. `makechrootpkg.installing.pkg1.pkg2.pkg3-git`

4. `makechrootpkg.updating`,

followed by a dot and the shell process id, instead of the generic
`arch-nspawn` title that arch-nspawn uses by default.

5. Special case for the inspection step:

As a special case, use a shorter title for the inspection step, because
it spawns a shell, which in turn usually sets the terminal title itself,
so its title would override the one set by systemd-nspawn.

Fortunately, the shell happens to use the first subdomain of the machine
name for its window title, so use a machine name of `inspecting` here,
followed by a hyphen and the shell PID.

[1]: ab03434aa7
2025-07-25 13:39:57 +02:00
Christian Heusel
ad7dd50bf3 chore(release): version v1.4.0 2025-07-25 09:04:45 +02:00
Jakub Klinkovský
5a381835e8 feat(config): set default build flags for Fortran
This implements RFC 54: https://rfc.archlinux.page/0054-fortran-flags/
2025-07-25 08:54:49 +02:00
Sven-Hendrik Haase
b8c475b3f4 feat(commitpkg): Integrate with pkgctl license
This will check for license compliance before committing.
2025-07-22 20:27:54 +02:00
Sven-Hendrik Haase
74cd46f092 feat(license): Add subcommand to check and setup licenses
This implements a part of RFC52. The new pkgctl license check subcommand calls reuse lint on
the provided directories while pkgctl license setup tries to make packages compliant with RFC40
by adding a LICENSE file and by generating a REUSE.toml.

Component: pkgctl license
2025-07-22 20:27:46 +02:00
Bert Peters
40f31f98a3 fix(autocomplete): don't add extra = for message 2025-05-12 22:49:22 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
c6f5d72708 fix(common): Fix diffoscope looking at remote debug info
readelf will pull in remote debug info if allowed to. This is not really
what we expect for diffoscope diffs, especially when our server only has
debug info for one side of the diff.
2025-04-23 01:13:46 +02:00
Jakub Klinkovský
b4a5e5dbd9 fix(build): sync command description with the man page
The original wording sounded like `pkgctl build` by default updates the
checksums whenever `pkgver` is changed in PKGBUILD.
2025-04-18 15:56:51 +02:00
Levente Polyak
4926d9d8c5 chore(release): version v1.3.2 2025-02-25 22:05:15 +01:00
Levente Polyak
7165e0d73e chore(conf): add whitespace to RUSTFLAGS option for unified style 2025-02-25 21:51:37 +01:00
Levente Polyak
8776dd39e8 chore(makerepropkg): unify indention style of the file 2025-02-25 21:32:14 +01:00
Levente Polyak
fb4bf96d24 feat(makerepropkg): support conf.d makepkg config files from buildtool
Previously we have only copied the passed makepkg.conf file into the
chroot, which misses build flags for additional language specific files
that makepkg supports. Fix this by extracting all conf.d makepkg config
files from the detected devtools archive.

Component: makerepropkg
Co-authored-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2025-02-25 21:32:06 +01:00
Levente Polyak
96eff02801 feat(arch-nspawn): support conf.d makepkg config files
Previously we have only copied the passed makepkg.conf file into the
chroot, which misses build flags for additional language specific files
that makepkg supports. Fix this by also copying all config files that
match the `<file>.d/*.conf` glob.

Fixes #244

Component: arch-nspawn
Suggested-by: Rein Fernhout (Levitating) <me@levitati.ng>
Co-authored-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2025-02-25 21:20:31 +01:00
Levente Polyak
79c3162112 feat(config): provide vendored language specific makepkg.conf files
Vendor all language related makepkg.conf files which are also shipped by
makepkg itself. This makes sure we always have full control over the
build flags inside devtools and overlay any by the vendored config we
maintain in devtools.

Component: archbuild
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2025-02-15 11:43:14 +01:00
Levente Polyak
43cd68d73e feat(archbuild): automatically recreate chroot on version mismatch
For our own archbuild script which is used for package building from a
template chroot, automatically handle the case where the template root
is out of date. Check the version and enable the clean flag by default
in case a mismatch is detected.

Component: archbuild
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2025-02-15 11:43:14 +01:00
Levente Polyak
5c1948a357 chore(archroot): bump version to ensure fresh roots after config changes
We are currently facing reproducible builds issues as the
makepkg.conf.d/rust.conf file in the root chroot was leading to pacnew
files, which means the chroot did not use configs as expected from a
clean state. Work around this problem by bumping the chroot version and
ensure we get fresh chroots with expected configs

Component: archroot
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2025-02-15 11:24:31 +01:00
Bert Peters
acd6bda3ed Don't add extra "=" to repo completion 2025-02-01 15:45:36 +01:00
Christian Heusel
8af7a50c03 chore(release): version v1.3.1 2025-01-06 10:11:07 +01:00
Christian Heusel
bed2b5db28 fix(gitlab): prevent division by 0 for missing total pages
As it turns out the Gitlab api is not guaranteed to return the
x-total-pages header for larger query result which previously resulted
in a division by zero for pkgctl search as the utlity function assumed
that this value would always be set to a positive integer.

Fixes #255

Link: https://gitlab.com/gitlab-org/gitlab/-/issues/436373
Component: gitlab.sh
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2025-01-05 20:19:33 +01:00
Levente Polyak
47d5ea1e89 fix(version): Disable Git user configs to avoid side-effects
The nvchecker upstream version checks are expected to work as is on any
machines without the need of manual Git user configuration. However,
certain user configuration may have a side-effect on version checks.
Subsequently we try to avoid this situation by always disabling Git
config locations.

Component: pkgctl version check
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2025-01-03 23:35:59 +01:00
Jakub Klinkovský
8df81ecd7c fix: declare local arrays before using mapfile 2025-01-03 19:04:01 +01:00
Jakub Klinkovský
1101de9fb9 fix(offload-build): download logs even when the build fails
Fixes #260
2024-12-14 07:34:34 +01:00
Christian Heusel
d5e1c5fae3 fix: Display issue comments in chronological order
Fixes #259

Fixes: 0df36df ("feat(issue): add subcommand to list group and project issues")
Component: pkgctl issue view
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-12-13 21:33:51 +01:00
Zhou Qiankang
e8ab01d662 fix(checkpkg): add a default value for terminal width
* Ensures availability when $COLUMNS is not present

Signed-off-by: Zhou Qiankang <wszqkzqk@qq.com>
2024-12-08 23:51:12 +08:00
Christian Heusel
7d9c2e0648 chore(release): version v1.3.0 2024-12-04 22:37:59 +01:00
Christian Heusel
8bcbca830e fix(util): disable landlocking in fakeroot
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-12-04 18:15:13 +01:00
T.J. Townsend
68eb498347 chore: sync pacman configs with package defaults 2024-12-04 18:15:13 +01:00
Robin Candau
23f1314733 feat(release): Add a warning if nvchecker integration is not set
Hints to run `pkgctl version setup --help` to see how to set it up if needed.

Closes https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools/-/issues/236
2024-12-03 22:32:59 +01:00
Levente Polyak
98b079f047 chore(doc): remove superfluous trailing whitespaces from pkgctl man 2024-12-03 22:19:58 +01:00
Levente Polyak
a319b0b852 feat(issue): add subcommand to edit an issue
The pkgctl issue edit command is used to modify an existing issue in Arch Linux
packaging projects. This command allows users to update the issue's title,
description, and various attributes, ensuring that the issue information
remains accurate and up-to-date. It also provides a streamlined facility
for bug wranglers to categorize and prioritize issues efficiently.

By default, the command operates within the current directory, but users can
specify a different package base if needed.

In case of a failed run, the command can automatically recover to ensure that
the editing process is completed without losing any data.

Component: pkgctl issue edit
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-12-03 22:19:51 +01:00
Levente Polyak
a1e443856d feat(issue): add subcommand to create a new issue
The create command is used to create a new issue for an Arch Linux package.
This command is suitable for reporting bugs, regressions, feature requests, or
any other issues related to a package. It provides a flexible way to document
and track new issues within the project's issue tracking system.

By default, the command operates within the current directory, but users can
specify a different package base if needed.

Users can provide a title for the issue directly through the command line.
The command allows setting various labels and attributes for the issue, such as
confidentiality, priority, scope, severity, and status.

In case of a failed run, the command can automatically recover to ensure that
the issue creation process is completed without losing any data.

Component: pkgctl issue create
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-12-03 22:19:36 +01:00
Levente Polyak
dfb65e95e3 feat(issue): add subcommand to move issues between projects
The move command allows users to transfer an issue from one project to another
within the Arch Linux packaging group. This is useful when an issue is
identified to be more relevant or better handled in a different project.

By default, the command operates within the current directory, but users can
specify a different package base from which to move the issue.

Users must specify the issue ID (IID) and the destination package to which the
issue should be moved. A comment message explaining the reason for the move can
be provided directly through the command line.

Component: pkgctl issue move
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-12-03 22:19:22 +01:00
Levente Polyak
4e7ec8b37f feat(issue): add subcommand to reopen issues
The reopen command is used to reopen a previously closed issue in Arch Linux
packaging projects. This command is useful when an issue needs to be revisited
or additional work is required after it was initially closed.

By default, the command operates within the current directory, but users can
specify a different package base if needed.

Users can provide a message directly through the command line to explain the
reason for reopening the issue.

Component: pkgctl issue reopen
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-12-03 22:19:07 +01:00
Levente Polyak
292920ac7e feat(issue): add subcommand to close issues
This command is used to close an issue in Arch Linux packaging projects. It
finalizes the issue by marking it as resolved and optionally providing a reason
for its closure.

By default, the command operates within the current directory, but users have
the option to specify a different package base.

Users can provide a message directly through the command line to explain the
reason for closing the issue. Additionally, a specific resolution label can be
set to categorize the closure reason, with the default label being "completed."

Component: pkgctl issue close
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-12-03 22:18:52 +01:00
Levente Polyak
dde6539971 feat(issue): add subcommand to comment on issues
This command allows users to add comments to an issue in Arch Linux packaging
projects. This command is useful for providing feedback, updates, or any
additional information related to an issue directly within the project's issue
tracking system.

By default, the command interacts with the current directory, but users can
specify a different package base if needed.

Component: pkgctl issue comment
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-12-03 22:18:38 +01:00
Levente Polyak
8803e5a57a feat(issue): add subcommand to view issue details and comments
This command is designed to display detailed information about a specific issue
in Arch Linux packaging projects. It gathers and pretty prints all relevant
data about the issue, providing a comprehensive view that includes the issue's
description, status as well as labels and creation date.

By default, the command operates within the current directory, but users have
the option to specify a different package base. Additionally, users can choose
to view the issue in a web browser for a more interactive experience.

Component: pkgctl issue view
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-12-03 22:18:23 +01:00
Levente Polyak
0df36dfa52 feat(issue): add subcommand to list group and project issues
The pkgctl issue list command is used to list issues associated with a specific
packaging project or the entire packaging subgroup in Arch Linux. This command
facilitates efficient issue management by allowing users to list and filter
issues based on various criteria.

Results can also be displayed directly in a web browser for easier navigation
and review.

Component: pkgctl issue list
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-12-03 22:17:39 +01:00
Levente Polyak
b9fe8ee947 chore(gitlab): move project name lookup to gitlab library functions
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-12-03 22:13:14 +01:00
Jakub Klinkovský
af56897f76 feat(offload-build): create or reuse a shared SSH socket with ControlMaster=auto 2024-11-28 15:06:29 +01:00
Jakub Klinkovský
99c6c26a1c fix(offload-build): add end-of-options token (--) to all ssh and rsync commands 2024-11-28 15:06:29 +01:00
Jakub Klinkovský
00f97fcd3d fix(offload-build): setup TEMPDIR in WORKDIR and fix trap override 2024-11-28 15:06:29 +01:00
Jakub Klinkovský
effe511952 fix(offload-build): fix quoting in sshopts and rsyncopts 2024-11-28 15:06:29 +01:00
Jakub Klinkovský
1cd213b2f5 fix(offload-build): ungolfing remote command execution
Instead of passing the command as one complex string to ssh, we create
an SSH master connection and use its control socket in multiple simpler
commands. The same socket is passed also to rsync to transfer the srcpkg
to the remote and to download the build artifacts.

Previously, the srcpkg was passed via stdin to ssh, which prevented
`pkgctl build --offload --inspect` from working. This change frees stdin
for proper remote ptty allocation.

However, it seems that ssh commands with and without the `-t` flag
cannot be multiplexed on a single connection, so there are technically
two SSH connections active for the offload-build execution.
2024-11-28 15:06:29 +01:00
Levente Polyak
b88dec322c feat(version): graceful config for packages without remote sources
Setup a blank config for packages without remote sources. This is
helpful so other commands like `pkgctl version check` operate gracefully
as well as we have easy way to find packages that miss nvchecker
config.

This must only be used for cases without an upstream, please reach out
to the developer team for guidance regarding upstream sources that are
hard to configure.

Component: pkgctl version setup
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-11-26 19:01:56 +01:00
Andreas Schleifer
e2ab07caff feat(version): add json output option to version check command
This allows for tools and data visualization to interface against pkgctl
with a machine readable output.

Fixes #237

Component: pkgctl version check
Signed-off-by: Andreas Schleifer <segaja@archlinux.org>
Co-authored-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-11-23 17:53:12 +01:00
Celeste Liu
5c0f8d37d5 fix(arch-nspawn): add --timezone=off to avoid pollute build environment
From systemd-nspawn(1),

	--timezone=
		Configures how /etc/localtime inside of the container (i.e. local timezone synchronization from host to container) shall be handled. Takes one of "off", "copy", "bind", "symlink", "delete" or "auto". If set to "off" the /etc/localtime file in the container
		is left as it is included in the image, and neither modified nor bind mounted over. If set to "copy" the /etc/localtime file of the host is copied into the container. Similarly, if "bind" is used, the file is bind mounted from the host into the container. If
		set to "symlink", a symlink is created pointing from /etc/localtime in the container to the timezone file in the container that matches the timezone setting on the host. If set to "delete", the file in the container is deleted, should it exist. If set to
		"auto" and the /etc/localtime file of the host is a symlink, then "symlink" mode is used, and "copy" otherwise, except if the image is read-only in which case "bind" is used instead. Defaults to "auto".

		Added in version 239.

After this commit, we need to recreate all build environment to clean up
pollution already existed.

resolve #250

Signed-off-by: Celeste Liu <CoelacanthusHex@gmail.com>
2024-11-09 20:26:28 +08:00
Christian Heusel
e1401ce41c fix: disable confirmation when dropping packages
Since commit 1d433f6 ("feat(db): confirm list of all packages that will be removed") packages need confirmation by default when being dropped from the db. If we make it to the DB drop phase the package already is pushed to the AUR, so it is safe to remove from the database and not removing it would create a somewhat broken state, so we assume that the package should unconditionally be removed from the db.

Component: pkgctl aur drop-from-repo
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-09-29 12:40:22 +02:00
Orhun Parmaksız
8612b41a20 fix: update the personal access token URL
PAT settings are now under `user_settings` instead of `profile`

Component: pkgctl auth login
2024-09-25 13:20:46 +02:00
Jaroslav Lichtblau
fbb661645b doc: fix the example in the help text
Without the "--release" flag the example command fails with
==> ERROR: cannot use --message without --release.

Component: pkgctl build
2024-09-10 10:59:18 +02:00
Christian Heusel
f1dc2e18f7 fix: remove duplicate error message
It seems like nvchecker emits two log entries for errors:

    $ nvchecker --logger json -c .nvchecker.toml
    {"logger_name": "nvchecker.core", "name": "curl", "event": "token not given but it is required", "level": "error"}
    {"logger_name": "nvchecker.core", "name": "curl", "error": "token not given but it is required", "event": "no-result", "level": "error"}

This leads to a double error message as described in the related issue,
which we fix by narrowing the selector to filter for the error entry.

Fixes #235

Component: pkgctl version check
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-09-08 22:38:19 +02:00
Christian Heusel
c9d821448b fix(makechrootpkg): improve btrfs sanity checks
If the chroot was created in a way where it resides on a BTRFS file
system but "$copydir/root" is not a snapshot an error like the following
would be emitted:

  $ makechrootpkg -r ~/chroot
  ==> Synchronizing chroot copy [/home/chris/chroot/root] -> [chris]...ERROR: Not a Btrfs subvolume: Invalid argument
  ==> ERROR: Unable to create subvolume /home/chris/chroot/chris

Fix this by adding an additional check, which detects if the folder is
actually the root of a BTRFS snapshot before attempting to clone it.

Related to https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools/-/merge_requests/259

Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-09-08 22:33:45 +02:00
Fox2Code
a620250535 doc: specify default chroot folder for pkgctl-build 2024-08-21 11:26:33 +02:00
Jaroslav Lichtblau
27eebe383d doc: fix the example command in the help text
the '--pkgver' argument is not space-separated but instead specified
with an equals sign.

Component: pkgctl build
2024-06-26 21:00:19 +02:00
Jakub Klinkovský
d6d416b653 feat(checkpkg): enhance diff command for comparing file lists
Replace `sdiff` with `diff` (also from `diffutils`) with the following
parameters:

- `--side-by-side` for the `sdiff`-like output
- `--suppress-common-lines` for the `sdiff -s` behavior
- `--width="$COLUMNS"` to use the full terminal width (long lines are
  still truncated but it is definitely better than the default width of
  130 chars)
- `--color=auto` just because 😉
2024-06-26 07:40:12 +02:00
Chih-Hsuan Yen
9ff63503b9 fix(pkgctl): make sure git signing uses PGP
Component: pkgctl repo configure
2024-06-19 17:37:18 +08:00
Christian Heusel
3f02a1a24c chore(release): version v1.2.1 2024-06-18 14:14:22 +02:00
Christian Heusel
1df0979da6 fix(common): guard the WORKDIR environment var
This avoids the unwanted removal of the folder if someone has already
pre-defined the variable.

Fixes #219

Suggested-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-06-15 14:55:18 +02:00
Christian Heusel
c1a3ed224b misc: add a editorconfig to devtools
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-06-11 22:04:58 +02:00
David Runge
144f9a871e fix(version): Ignore warnings when nvchecker ignores invalid versions
Since version 2.15.1 nvchecker emits a warning for version strings that
it consideres invalid (e.g. in the case of PyPI).
These warning messages get in the way (the first version emitted via a
warning is used as version to compare against) of retrieving the latest
version of an upstream and therefore we ignore them.

Component: pkgctl version check
Signed-off-by: David Runge <dvzrv@archlinux.org>
2024-06-09 14:36:47 +02:00
Christian Heusel
44328cd9a3 test: fix the testcases so they pass again
The expected output for these tests has now changed since git smash
(which we test against) has changed their version scheme.

Component: pkgctl version setup
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-06-08 17:35:46 +02:00
Christian Heusel
0e2b16b0ac fix: disable systemd-nspawn terminal coloring
Systemd 256 introduces functionality which colors the terminal
background on systemd-nspawn invocations which makes the pkgctl output
look weird.

Disable this bevaviour for pkgctl, so it stays active for arch-nspawn
(for now).

Component: pkgctl
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-05-22 12:33:09 +02:00
Maharshi Basu
6f0a8c345d doc: add manpage info for pkgctl, pkgctl-db(1) & pkgctl-build
Changes made:
- add description in doc/man/pkgctl.1.asciidoc
- add description in doc/man/pkgctl-db(1).asciidoc
- add manpage for pkgctl-db(1) in doc/man/pkgctl-db(1).asciidoc

Fixes #231

Signed-off-by: Maharshi Basu <basumaharshi10@gmail.com>
2024-05-18 20:36:09 +02:00
依云
5f19853414 feat: support bind mounting a tmpfs
A .cache can be bind mounted into the container to save the caches for
reuse, but sometimes we want to exclude specific caches (because they
don't work well, e.g. bazel's).

Component: makechrootpkg
2024-05-18 19:39:18 +02:00
Frédéric Pierret (fepitre)
2b62ac660d feat(mkarchroot): allow to specify file destination inside chroot
Co-authored-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-05-18 13:53:39 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
7cb72699f6 fix: consider all git repos inside the chroot safe
Git 2.45.1 expanded its security checks to deny cloning even local repos
that are owned by another user. Previously, this just affected network
filesystems.

On our buildserver, this prevents makepkg from cloning repos from our
shared srcdest into the srcdir, if these repos were created by another
packager.

To disable this check, set `safe.directory` to `*`. This looks like a
glob, but is really just a special value. The only other option would be
to add each Git repository in srcdest to the configuration.

Component: makechrootpkg
2024-05-18 00:15:06 +02:00
Levente Polyak
d1790c295a fix(version): escape pkgbase in nvchecker toml
This fixes issues with packages containing plus signs, that need to be
escaped in toml as well as the extended grep regex.

Component: pkgctl version check
2024-05-10 21:22:23 +02:00
Levente Polyak
12a0d0c7b5 chore(release): version v1.2.0 2024-05-01 16:38:19 +02:00
Jakub Klinkovský
952f483574 feat(offload-build): fetch logs after building from the remote server
Since logs from offloaded builds are collected in a temporary directory
on the remote server, it is rather difficult/error-prone to get to them,
because the path changes in each rebuild. Fetching logs from the server
into $LOGDEST makes it easier to investigate them and also brings the
behavior of offload-build closer to archbuild.

Log files are always downloaded, even for failed builds.

Component: offload-build
Signed-off-by: Jakub Klinkovský <lahwaacz@archlinux.org>
Co-authored-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-04-30 23:30:47 +02:00
Christian Heusel
c484a55cde fix(version): dont die if no PKGBUILD is found
So far the commands would stop execution if one of the target
directories did not contain a PKGBUILD instead of just reporting failure
for that directory. Fix this by replacing the 'die' calls with setting
the error for the spinner facility.

Component: pkgctl version check
Component: pkgctl version upgrade
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-04-29 19:04:46 +02:00
Robin Candau
a46b2d4fb7 feat(repo): add repo clean command to remove untracked files
This introduces the `pkgctl repo clean` command which removes every
untracked files from local package repositories (via `git clean`).

The usage is as simple as `pkgctl repo clean [OPTION] [PATH]` (where
"[PATH]" can be equal to a wildcard "*").

Component: pkgctl repo clean
2024-04-28 19:42:02 +02:00
Felix Yan
e828111ff7 feat(arch-nspawn): add support for pacman CacheServer
pacman 6.1 added support for CacheServer which allows us to download
packages faster and reduce the burden on tier0 server.

They won't be used to fetch databases so it should be pretty safe in the
repository consistency context.

Component: arch-nspawn
2024-04-28 17:06:46 +02:00
Levente Polyak
35b417d226 fix(db): check valid target repo on db remove
Return an error and abort operation when an invalid target repo is
passed.

Component: pkgctl db remove
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-04-28 15:56:00 +02:00
Levente Polyak
1d433f600e feat(db): confirm list of all packages that will be removed
Sometimes it isn't obvious which set of packages are removed from a
split package when the pkgbase matches also a subset of a pkgbase. This
can happen for example with bootstrapping packages, when the intention
is to just remove a partial part of the bootstrap pkgbase.

To make the intention more explicit, list all to be removed packages and
await for confirmation.

Component: pkgctl db remove
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-04-28 15:55:53 +02:00
Levente Polyak
7b553afcb2 feat(db): add partial split package option to db remove
By default passing a pkgbase removes all split packages, debug packages
as well as entries from the state repo for all existing architectures.

When using the `--partial` option it may most likely lead to undesired
effects by leaving debug packages behind as well as dangling entries in
the state repository. However, for specific use cases its required to
get rid of old split package parts.

Fixes #218

Component: pkgctl db remove
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-04-27 18:38:12 +02:00
sfan5
01614c6817 feat(arch-nspawn): set console mode to autopipe
systemd-nspawn sets up a pts in the container by default which build
scripts might use to ask for interactive input.  This is only okay if
the host side is also a TTY.  The 'autopipe' mode deals with this
situation appropriately.
2024-04-27 14:52:13 +02:00
Christian Heusel
dced77d23d fix(completion): fix erroneous completion variables
The architecture definition of the variable was using invalid bash
syntax and was previously unused:

    $ _binary_arch=${DEVTOOLS_VALID_ARCHES[*]:0:-1}
    bash: -1: substring expression < 0

We therefore fix the definition of the variable and use it for the
autocompletion of the offload-build command.

Furthermore fix wrongly named architecture variables that have been
missed from previous refactoring.

Fixes #222

Component: completion
Fixes: f961e2e ("completion: implemented structured declarative bash completions")
Fixes: 4173e0a ("chore: refactor variable names in valid-{tags,repos}.sh")
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
Co-authored-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-04-24 22:55:18 +02:00
Levente Polyak
5780ba0e38 fix(release): ensure we release split package uploads as one batch
Use a central location in common.sh to define the default rsync options.
Switch to use batched uploads by targeting a partial directory which is
not taken into account by db update. Instead, once all packages that
belong to a split package group are uploaded into the .partial
directory, all artifacts are moved in one batch into the staging
directory of the repo server. This reduced the window of opportunity for
a partial release significantly to a tiny window.

Component: pkgctl release
2024-04-23 22:48:55 +02:00
Levente Polyak
9a5181db5b feat(pkgctl): add internal update checksums to better control output
This allows us to have more control over the output and status logs.
Using this method we are able to avoid cluttering the version upgrade
subcommand while downloading sources for updating the checksums.

Having this internally will also allow us in the future to have smart
checksums updating by only trying to change the checksums of sources
that have actually changed, for example when adjusting a patch file we
should avoid trying to overwrite the archive checksums unintentionally.

Component: pkgctl version upgrade
2024-04-23 20:23:49 +02:00
Robin Candau
55c2ca1312 feat(version): let upgrade subcommand also update checksums
This commit aims to make 'pkgctl version upgrade' also update checksums
in addition of bumping the pkgver and reseting the pkgrel.

Component: pkgctl version upgrade
2024-04-23 20:23:42 +02:00
Vekhir --
ccee85b2ab fix: conflicting packages when using -I
Originally fixed in b7893a2ca8, that approach created another bug when packages have several providers. In that case, pacman expects a number, so "yes" is not a valid answer, leading to an infinite loop.

Using the undocumented, but stable option "--ask=4" allows to selectively change the default answer for conflicts, therefore properly fixing the underlying issue.
See also: https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman/-/issues/60
Fixes #163

Component: makechrootpkg
2024-04-16 23:50:12 +02:00
Levente Polyak
05bea3e922 test: add basic bats setup and test cases for version setup
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-03-23 23:57:46 +01:00
Levente Polyak
de0ea3b2f8 fix(version): do not prompt for input on terminal during check
In certain scenarios, like when an URL is checked that asks for
credentials or other kind of input, the process blocks and waits for
stdin input. This isn't particularly useful during scripted execution
and in our cases also just an indicator for like a none existing GitHub
repository.

To avoid this situation, disable git terminal prompts.

Component: pkgctl version check
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-03-23 23:57:45 +01:00
Jelle van der Waa
81f5e7b3b3 feat(version): add command to automatically detect and setup nvchecker
Introduce a new version subcommand `setup` which does a best effort to
generate the most minimal required .nvchecker.toml file for specific
sources.

It supports a wide range of common sources like:
- Git, GitHub, GitLab, Hackage, NPM, PyPI, RubyGems, CPAN, crates.io

The creation logic is based on matching a domain for a source which is
something predictable and then simply passes an array of the url parts
for every source creator to extract the useful bits out of the url
array.

Component: pkgctl version setup
Co-authored-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Jelle van der Waa <jelle@archlinux.org>
2024-03-23 23:57:45 +01:00
Levente Polyak
01b6b0849e doc(man): fix cut off page names by switching to modern asciidoctor
Asciidoc is the old reference implementation in Python, which has some
shortcoming. Specifically we are hitting cut off page names for long
subcommands. Fix this by switching to a more modern implementation named
asciidoctor.

During the migration, get rid of the explicit asciidoc.conf file that
was required to define a linkman macro, which is now supported out of
the box.

Fixes #170

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-03-09 02:48:14 +01:00
Caleb Maclennan
7033554e45 fix(drop-from-repo): avoid Git trying to push tags to the AUR
If users have enabled push.followTags in their Git config then dropping
packages to the AUR spews errors because all the release tags from
official repos are rejected by AUR repos.
2024-03-09 01:33:56 +01:00
Morten Linderud
40f476c649 fix(pkgctl): skip path arguments that are not directories
Several subcommands accept multiple paths in a way that passing a
wildcard is an expected use case. Previously this wasn't possible if the
main directory contained any text files or scripts.
Fix this by skipping none directory paths for such commands.

Component: pkgctl
Signed-off-by: Morten Linderud <foxboron@archlinux.org>
2024-03-09 00:49:24 +01:00
Levente Polyak
509dd24bdc fix(completion): allow multi opts more than once in zsh
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-02-29 23:35:29 +01:00
Frederik “Freso” S. Olesen
7a9ef3bc57 feat(makepkg.conf): Add no-omit-frame-pointer flags by default
RFC-26 proposes to add -fno-omit-frame-pointer and
-mno-omit-leaf-frame-pointer to the default compilation flags
to improve the effectiveness of profiling and debugging tools.

See https://rfc.archlinux.page/0026-fno-omit-frame-pointer/
2024-02-29 21:39:22 +01:00
Levente Polyak
354c9dcd12 fix(drop-from-repo): avoid error when updating remote head
We can only update the local ref to the remote head from main to master
once we have actually pushed the master branch to the remote. If we do
this too early, the call will simply error out.

Instead, only update the local head for the configured remote after we
have successfully renamed the branch and pushed it to the AUR.

Fixes #212

Component: pkgctl aur drop-from-repo
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-02-29 21:20:31 +01:00
Orhun Parmaksız
39eaeaa4b2 feat(offload-build): use rsync instead of scp
This commit simply replaces the usage of `scp` with `rsync`
for faster file transfer.

Signed-off-by: Orhun Parmaksız <orhunparmaksiz@gmail.com>
2024-02-15 22:23:54 +01:00
kpcyrd
c79a993148 feat(makepkg.conf): Increase _FORTIFY_SOURCE level to 3
RFC: https://rfc.archlinux.page/0017-increase-fortification-level/
2024-02-14 02:08:01 +01:00
Levente Polyak
6d0ac6b9a8 chore(release): version v1.1.1 2024-02-14 01:40:16 +01:00
Levente Polyak
66a4357f3e fix(common): ensure TERM is always set with a fallback to dumb
This avoids some corner cases that some applications behave ill when
TERM is completely unset. Instead, ensure we set TERM to dumb as a
fallback, which should serve better than not having any term defined.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-02-14 01:28:40 +01:00
Christian Heusel
db2f82bf19 feat(offload-build): preserve the TERM variable
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-02-14 01:28:34 +01:00
Christian Heusel
e0a84aefc3 fix(common): check before using tput with a fallback for colors
The latest release of devtools has included some pretty printing
capabilities and fancy terminal stuff with the spinner and so on.

It seems like the existing safeguards to disable this for incapable
terminals were not enough though, therefore we saw two types of errors:

- offload-build:
  ```
  ==> Building in chroot for [extra] (x86_64)...
  tput: unknown terminal "unknown"
  tput: unknown terminal "unknown"
  tput: unknown terminal "unknown"
  ```
- repro builders:
  ```
  ==> Successfully switched <package> to version <version>
  tput: No value for $TERM and no -T specified
  ERROR: Failed checkout <package>
  ```

The recently included fail option made this error populate to the
command level and therefore increased its impact from a not so nice
logging message to a more severe problem which made the command abort.

We fix this by checking if tput is supported or else use the raw escape
sequences instead of tput commands.

Fixes: fedfc80 ("feat(term): add terminal utils to handle a dynamic spinner")
Fixes: 66e83c9 ("feat(version): pretty print and group together version check results")
Fixes: d0dc0e1 ("feat(search): add optional plain output formatting")
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-02-14 01:21:28 +01:00
Jakub Klinkovský
98bd7e3760 fix(build): explicitly add --nosign when building a srcpkg
We should explicitly instruct makepkg to not sign the source package,
even when the BUILDENV array in makepkg.conf contains 'sign'. The
devtools workflow is to always sign separately from building, which is
different from makepkg and it should not depend on its configuration.

Furthermore, this function is currently used only in offload-build to
collect sources that are transferred to the server before the build
itself. Signing this source package does not provide any benefits.
2024-02-11 13:37:49 +01:00
Christian Heusel
3e79cb8f4a doc: add pacman-contrib to optdeps in the README
We are depending on updpkgsums for the --update-checksums option used in
pkgctl build. Document this requirement.

Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-02-10 20:13:15 +01:00
Levente Polyak
1cf402eae9 fix(build): forward target repo options to the release subcommand
The adequate target repo options are not appropriately forwarded to the
release subcommand if the auto-release options is activated. Previously
we did not restrict the --repo option, which the build option has used
as a shortcut. Since last release, this option is restricted to new
packages that are not in any official repository yet.

Fix this issue by forwarding the same target repo options that have been
used during the build command and not forcefully the --repo options.

Fixes #209

Component: pkgctl build
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-02-09 20:18:30 +01:00
Levente Polyak
0469d3c902 fix(build): avoid trying to download none existing debug packages
Since last release, offload building now has proper error handling
enabled. This unfortunately lead to a regression for packages, like any
packages, where makepkg claims debug packages are available during
--packagelist while none were actually built. This leads to the scp
command failing when trying to download the none existing packages
which ultimately leads to a termination of the build script.

Fix this by filtering out package files that do not exist before trying
to download them.

Fixes #208

Component: pkgctl build
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-02-08 22:08:54 +01:00
Christian Heusel
f6b1b1ba45 doc: add curl to the dependencies in the README
We use curl all over pkgctl, i.e. to do the Gitlab API calls.

Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-02-08 02:01:55 +01:00
Christian Heusel
36ece44b12 chore(release): version v1.1.0 2024-02-08 01:31:00 +01:00
Levente Polyak
fc05ea19d9 fix(build): allow unstable repositories to override repo target
This works around the fact that we are currently not auto detecting
unstable repository targets while providing a stability layer option on
the subcommand. Soften the --repo option rules by allowing unstable
repositories to use that flag for building and releasing against the
unstable repositories.

This will be replaced in the near future by proper integration of target
repository auto-detection that in aware of unstable repositories while
providing a unstable stability layer options.

Component: pkgctl build
Component: pkgctl release
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-02-08 01:21:40 +01:00
Levente Polyak
3ecba314fc feat(build): consolidate repo flags in build and release subcommand
Previously the behavior was inconsistent and not fully fulfilling its
purpose of only using --repo once when initially pushing a new and
unknown package to the official repositories.

Consolidate the behavior by only allowing to use --repo during the
initial packaging and disallow any subsequent usage. The expected user
experience is to subsequently use --testing or --staging to influence
the auto-detection of the build target. This avoids any kind of human
error which leads to releasing core packages to extra-testing by
accident.

Furthermore, allow the build subcommand to automatically fallback to
extra as the default stable repository target which greatly improves the
usability for AUR or local override builds.

Fixes #193
Fixes #191

Component: pkgctl build
Component: pkgctl release
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-02-08 00:52:20 +01:00
Christian Heusel
5042dcaeb4 feat(build): allow to test-install the built packages
This change introduces the new --install-to-host flag to pkgctl build,
which can be used with one of the modes 'all' or 'auto'. Depending on
the mode either all or just already installed packages are installed to
the host system.

BREAKING CHANGE: the --install flag is renamed to --install-to-chroot
to avoid confusion with the newly introduced flag.

Component: pkgctl build
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-02-06 19:38:50 +01:00
Levente Polyak
67fdb58758 feat(search): add status spinner to long running GitLab calls
This helps people to be slightly more patient as the progress status
update includes the current percentage.

Component: pkgctl search
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-02-06 17:37:17 +01:00
Carl Smedstad
eabb1a9313 fix(doc): Correct typo in version check error message
Change 'none pkgbase' to 'non-pkgbase' as the sentence refers sections
that are not the pkgbase section, rather than an empty pkgbase section
or something of that sort that could be misconstrued by using the word
'none'.

Component: pkgctl version check
2024-02-05 12:25:18 +01:00
Carl Smedstad
a7a2f25fb0 fix(version): Handle pkgbase with '.' correctly
For pkgbases with '.' in the name, the TOML-section must be wrapped in
double quotes in order for it not to be parsed as a supersection and a
subsection. This case was not properly handled by checks for if the
TOML-file contains a pkgbase section, and for if the TOML-file contains
superfluous sections. Address this by handling optional double quotes in
the greps related to said checks.

This was discovered in the AUR package ruby-cool.io and the issue can be
reproduced with the following minimal PKGBUILD and .nvchecker.toml file:

    $ cat PKGBUILD
    pkgname=ruby-cool.io
    pkgver=1.8.0
    $ cat .nvchecker.toml
    ["ruby-cool.io"]
    source = "gems"
    gems = "cool.io"

Before the fix:

    $ pkgctl version check
    Failure
     x ruby-cool.io: missing pkgbase section in .nvchecker.toml: ruby-cool.io

After the fix:

    $ pkgctl version check
    GEN lib/version/check.sh
    Out-of-date
     ✓ ruby-cool.io: current version 1.8.0 is latest

Component: pkgctl version check
2024-02-05 12:25:18 +01:00
Jelle van der Waa
800cf9b56b fix(version): fix typo never should be newer
Component: pkgctl version check
Component: pkgctl version update
2024-02-05 11:54:55 +01:00
Levente Polyak
4d72f4560c doc(version): extensively revamp documentation for version subcommands
Enhanced and overhauled the documentation for the 'version' subcommand.
The improvements include comprehensive details on the subcommand's
behavior, usage, and a variety of scenarios it handles.

Added a central section within the pkgctl-version manpage that documents
the nvchecker configuration and rules.

Component: pkgctl version
Singled-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-01-22 19:45:16 +01:00
Levente Polyak
e3edf25554 feat(version): use exit code for check to indicate out-of-date versions
It can be handy to have an exit code that allows better status
indication or chaining.

On exit, return one of the following codes:

- 0: Normal exit condition, all checked versions are up-to-date
- 1: Unknown cause of failure
- 2: Normal exit condition, but there are out-of-date versions
- 3: Failed to run some version checks

Component: pkgctl version check
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-01-22 19:45:10 +01:00
Levente Polyak
b258bb3b7c feat(version): add verbose option to display up-to-date versions
Sometimes it can be desired to get a results for each entry even if the
current version is up-to-date. Add a --verbose option to print this
optional detail.

Component: pkgctl version check
Component: pkgctl version upgrade
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-01-22 19:45:04 +01:00
Levente Polyak
08ece1640b feat(version): add spinner while checking upstream versions
It may take quite some time to check a lot of upstream versions.
However, we still want to nicely group the results together. To avoid
just showing a static status message it makes much more sense to show a
dynamic spinner with a summary of the progress.

Component: pkgctl version check
Component: pkgctl version upgrade
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-01-22 19:44:57 +01:00
Levente Polyak
fedfc80ca1 feat(term): add terminal utils to handle a dynamic spinner
The spinner uses a status file that can be used to dynamically update
the message. The spinner itself buffers the output in a frame buffer
variable before flushing a frame in one go.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-01-22 19:44:51 +01:00
Levente Polyak
66e83c950c feat(version): pretty print and group together version check results
Collect all check results in arrays and pretty print the results after
grouping them together based on out-of-date, up-to-date and failures.
Print a summary that shows a brief statistic about the results when
processing multiple check items.

Component: pkgctl version check
Component: pkgctl version upgrade
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-01-21 23:28:29 +01:00
Levente Polyak
96f39525bf feat(version): support nvchecker keyfile from user config home
This adds support for global keyfile from the user config home
XDG_CONFIG_HOME which allows to set tokens for GitHub and GitLab for
certain nvchecker configuration.

When ~/.config/nvchecker/keyfile.toml exists, it will automatically be
appended as keyfile of the local .nvchecker.toml file.

Component: pkgctl version check
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-01-21 23:28:29 +01:00
Levente Polyak
03d5c928cf fix(version): add error handling to version check subcommand
Add defensive programming to the execution chain of the version check
subcommand for graceful error handling of subprocesses as well as errors
returned from nvchecker itself indicated in the returned JSON.

Furthermore this fixes a bug when processing multiple packages where the
pkgbase variable is stuck for subsequent packages that do not declare a
pkgbase variable itself.

Component: pkgctl version check
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-01-21 23:28:29 +01:00
Christian Heusel
6054c869e1 feat(upgrade): introduce the version upgrade subcommand
This subcommand applies the detected upstream version upgrades to a
PKGBUILD.

Component: pkgctl version upgrade
Co-authored-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-01-21 23:28:29 +01:00
Christian Heusel
313c5b4d32 chore(check): factor out function to get upstream version
Component: pkgctl version check
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-01-21 23:28:28 +01:00
Christian Heusel
db8c157eea chore(build): factor out functions to modify PKGBUILDs
Component: pkgctl build
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-01-21 23:28:28 +01:00
Levente Polyak
343a2b5d4c chore(search): correct typo in optional dependency bat 2024-01-18 19:38:42 +01:00
Levente Polyak
7a8f0eb47e fix(doc): correct typo in optional dependency bat
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-01-18 03:02:18 +01:00
Jelle van der Waa
e6f7aa395f feat(version): introduce version check subcommand
The version subcommand handles pkgver related commands, the first
subcommand being `check`. Check runs nvchecker if a `.nvchecker.toml`
file exists and compares the current pkgver with the latest release.

Introduces nvchecker as optional dependency which has to be installed in
order to use this particular subcommand.

BREAKING CHANGE: formerly pkgctl version would output the version of the
pkgctl tool, now it is used as a version related subcommand.

Fixes #140

Component: pkgctl version
Component: pkgctl version check
Co-authored-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-01-10 19:44:15 +01:00
Levente Polyak
e413b65df3 fix(build): re-source the PKGBUILD to update changed values
During certain operations like --edit, --pkgver etc the PKGBUILD
may change since last sourced. If a modified checksum of the PKGBUILD
is detected, re-source it before processing.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-01-10 00:14:20 +01:00
Levente Polyak
ef04960b98 feat(build): update srcinfo file after build
The srcinfo file is essentially a representation of the current build
recipes, hence generate an up to date version by adding it as secondary
build artifact to the build process.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-01-10 00:14:14 +01:00
Levente Polyak
d210079037 feat(util): add library function to generate source packages 2024-01-10 00:14:08 +01:00
Levente Polyak
b264c7f1c7 feat(util): parallelize srcinfo generation
Heavily improve the runtime of huge split packages, by creating an own
parallelized high level implementation of the makepkg low level building
blocks for srcinfo generation.

This reduces the runtine to generate the srcinfo file for thunderbird
from 24 seconds down to 1 second.
2024-01-10 00:14:01 +01:00
Christian Heusel
2b8033b911 feat(aur): add subcommand to drop a package from the repos to the AUR
Add an aur command to interact with the Arch User Repository including
the drop-from-repo subommand which allows to drop packages from the
official repository to the Arch User Repository in one go.

Related to #143

Component: pkgctl aur drop-from-repo
Co-authored-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2024-01-09 23:47:45 +01:00
Levente Polyak
8f45c65830 fix(completion): support subcommands that have multiple dashes
Dashes are not supported in function names and underscores were not
automatically translated. Replace all dashes of the current completion
token, if it is an arg which allows subcommands to use underscores
instead of dashes to declare their completion handlers.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-01-07 19:32:30 +01:00
Levente Polyak
d0dc0e1a32 feat(search): add optional plain output formatting
This allows to run the search command without bats, which is not used in
the default pretty output format.

Component: pkgctl search
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-01-07 02:38:42 +01:00
Levente Polyak
0e538cf498 fix(util): open lock file in append mode to avoid overwriting files
Previously if we opened a lock on an existing file with useful content
we overwrote it with an empty file. This is obviously not desired, hence
open the file handle in append mode preserving its content.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-01-07 02:38:34 +01:00
Jelle van der Waa
4673ad6c89 feat(search): add subcommand to search across the packaging group
Search for an expression across the GitLab packaging group. To use a
filter, include it in your query. You may use wildcards (*) to use glob
matching. Available filters for the blobs scope: path, extension.

Every usage of the search command must be authenticated. Consult the
'pkgctl auth' command to authenticate with GitLab or view the
authentication status.

This command uses bats for pretty printing the results including line
numbers and syntax highlighting.

Component: pkgctl search
Co-authored-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
Co-authored-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-01-07 02:35:18 +01:00
Levente Polyak
78dd150996 chore(offload-build): deprecate in favor of pkgctl build --offload
Emit a warning when offload-build is invoked to warn about future
removal.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-01-05 01:07:39 +01:00
Levente Polyak
4425913e4f chore(build): use more intuitive update-checksums option for humans
The philosophy of our CLI is to provide options that better match human
expectations in an intuitive way rather than mimic wording of previous
tools with abbreviation.

Component: pkgctl build
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2024-01-05 01:01:52 +01:00
Levente Polyak
2a1e8aebaf chore(make): suppress output when copying git hooks directory 2023-12-19 20:27:01 +01:00
Levente Polyak
3933f20001 fix(cliff): trim fix separator before checking merge request id
The fix separator contains a whitespace, which made the check never
match. We now trim the separator before checking, making it resilient
against any kind of spaces.

Fixes b7984c6073
2023-12-19 20:06:26 +01:00
Levente Polyak
0f14d630bc feat(cliff): add label for breaking changes to changelog 2023-12-19 20:06:26 +01:00
Levente Polyak
d00a2b9890 feat(configure): ship default ignore via exclude
BREAKING CHANGE: Increments the repo spec version which requires to
reconfigure all existing packaging repo clones.

Fixes #129

Component: pkgctl repo configure
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-12-19 20:06:26 +01:00
Christian Heusel
c2d73d73ae fix(commitpkg): prefer core.editor over $EDITOR and $VISUAL
This is done to closer mimick the behaviour of git here, as it prefers
core.editor setting over the other editor options as per git-var(1):

> The order of preference is the $GIT_EDITOR environment variable, then
> core.editor configuration, then $VISUAL, then $EDITOR, and then the
> default chosen at compile time, which is usually vi.

Fixes #192
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2023-12-03 22:02:13 +01:00
Levente Polyak
f2cafa3cb0 feat(clone): speedup maintainer and universe clone query
There is a single endpoint now to list all pkgbases and their current
maintainers. Use this endpoint for speeding up the clone of all packages
of a maintainer by only issuing a single API call.

Component: pkgctl repo clone
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-12-03 21:51:59 +01:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
c356995dc1 feat(config): Add -z pack-relative-relocs to LDFLAGS
This moves relative relocations from the `.rela.dyn` section into a new
`.relr.dyn` section with a significantly more compact encoding,
supported since glibc 2.36, GNU Binutils 2.38 and LLVM 15.

This can reduce the size of libraries a lot, e.g. the installed size of
`libphonenumber` dropped from about 17 MB to 7 MB.

For more info, see
https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/rfcs/-/merge_requests/23.

Signed-off-by: Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig) <heftig@archlinux.org>
2023-12-03 20:11:24 +01:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
1535a69af6 chore(config): Use one -Wl in LDFLAGS per logical flag
This will separate logical flags with whitespace and make it easier to
split the flags across multiple lines.

Signed-off-by: Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig) <heftig@archlinux.org>
2023-12-03 20:11:21 +01:00
Christian Heusel
9a356eae82 feat(web): implement option to print the URL instead of opening it
In certain situations, users may encounter limitations when unable to
utilize xdg-open (e.g., when connected to an Arch machine via SSH).
Consequently, this commit introduces the option to simply print the
repository link to copy or click on it.

Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-11-26 18:23:17 +01:00
kpcyrd
ae14c246b8 feat(makerepropkg): Add option to skip running check for speedup
Add -n to allow running makepkg with --nocheck. This is useful to reduce
the time required to reproduce a package, as they should not depend on
running the check function for being reproducible.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-11-26 16:48:15 +01:00
Levente Polyak
cc369e86d2 feat(makechrootpkg): add option to interactively inspect the chroot
Implement the -x option for makechrootpkg which allows to get an
interactive shell in the chroot after building the package. Useful to
ease the debugging of a package build.

Depending on the argument, the interactive shell is either always
spawned or only when an error occurred during build.

This option is also forwarded from `pkgctl build` via the `--inspect`
flag.

Component: pkgctl build
Component: makechrootpkg
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-11-26 01:28:20 +01:00
David Runge
c9de6a18b9 fix(make): Specify GITLAB_HOST for glab to avoid default host confusion
Specify the upstream instance hostname for glab using the `GITLAB_HOST`
environment variable.
Without it `glab` will use whatever is set as host using the `host`
key in its configuration and silently break the links of all uploaded
assets.

Signed-off-by: David Runge <dvzrv@archlinux.org>
2023-11-24 22:27:14 +01:00
Christian Heusel
9f8ca5df1a chore(release): nicely format multiple "Component:" trailers
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2023-11-24 02:32:02 +01:00
Christian Heusel
7825f9fb02 chore(docs): correct the manpage for pkgctl db update
Turns out the manpages of pkgctl db update and pkgctl db move were just switched without having the page title adjusted.
Fixing the initial error therefore turned out to create the same problem for the manpage of pkgctl db update, which this commit re-fixes.

Fixes: 5e3ab4b321 ("chore(docs): correct the manpage for pkgctl db move")
Fixes: f834fc4700 ("db: command for Pacman database modification like update, move etc")
Fixes #195
Component: pkgctl db update
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2023-11-24 02:17:10 +01:00
Christian Heusel
b7984c6073 chore(release): allow fixes tags without cluttering the changelog
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2023-11-20 15:10:48 +01:00
Christian Heusel
5e3ab4b321 chore(docs): correct the manpage for pkgctl db move
So far the manpage for pkgctl db move seemed to be a copy of the pkgctl db update manpage
which caused an error upon install as the move page was not created.
Instead compiling this manpage overwrote the one for pkgctl db update
which this commit fixes.

Fixes: f834fc4700 ("db: command for Pacman database modification like update, move etc")
Fixes #195
Component: pkgctl db move
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2023-11-20 15:10:41 +01:00
Christian Heusel
e7b82f36ef feat(build): add --updpkgsums option
This is useful so people who update patches etc. can update their checksums on building.
The functionality itself was already implemented for --pkgver, but was not available separately.

Fixes #168
Component: pkgctl build
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2023-11-20 15:00:21 +01:00
Orhun Parmaksız
4d7364ed1b fix(cliff): update the tag_pattern to use regex 2023-10-31 16:55:14 +01:00
Levente Polyak
e0ab20d05c fix(build): use correct variable to reference available architectures
The referenced places were missing in a previous refactoring commit and
hence broke the build command in multiple ways.

Fixes 0669315821
2023-10-17 23:23:36 +02:00
Antonio Rojas
5cbe9ad612 fix(build): allow using --install and --offload simultaneously
Don't take the full (local) path of the package to install when using
--offload.

Fixes #194
Component: pkgctl build
2023-10-14 00:00:52 +02:00
Christian Heusel
6f106e7cd6 chore: refactor loop variable name
Component: pkgctl build
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2023-10-02 11:37:06 +02:00
Christian Heusel
0669315821 chore: refactor variable names in valid-{tags,repos}.sh
Even though the variables in these files are globablly used they have a weirdly local sounding name.
This commit fixes this by refactoring all usages throughout our codebase.

Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2023-10-02 11:29:03 +02:00
Levente Polyak
a6d43aca01 chore(release): streamline release make target with git-cliff and glab
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-09-27 01:12:53 +02:00
Levente Polyak
02bc8bfbc0 chore(release): version v1.0.4 2023-09-27 00:38:17 +02:00
Levente Polyak
f632659563 fix(clone): ssh connection may require user input (key unlocking etc)
Anything that requires user input (such as a key unlock or hostkey
verify) will block the terminal and wait for input which will never
come.

When cloning or configuring a repo via ssh we therefore initially
connect to gitlab to warm the connection.

Afterwards users are expected to either have setup a ssh ControlMaster
or use something like a ssh agent.

Fixes #148

Component: pkgctl repo clone/configure

Co-Authored-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-09-26 22:44:58 +02:00
Christian Heusel
7e41adf00b chore: add a config file for git cliff
This is done so that the generated changelog carries more information
(i.e. the scope of the change).

Co-Authored-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-09-26 21:13:08 +02:00
Levente Polyak
a316b50f88 fix(makepkg.conf): use breezy for the bzr protocol in makepkg.conf
Pacman does not resolve provides for the protocol packages, hence we
need to switch to the new package name for bzr.

Related-to: https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman/-/merge_requests/78
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-09-19 01:32:22 +02:00
Levente Polyak
547961681a fix(pkgctl): avoid pacman db dependency checks during repo detection
By default the sync operation enables dependency checks during the
preparation of the transaction. This isn't necessary for the print
option, but is done nevertheless, which leads to issues for example
during soname dependency problems. The result is a none functional
automatic repo detection.

Fix this by explicitly disabling dependency version checks. We specify
this option twice to skip all dependency checks.

Fixes #189

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-09-10 00:03:42 +02:00
Jelle van der Waa
8190a22480 feat(release): always generate a .SRCINFO file on release
When releasing a package always generate a .SRCINFO file so we can build
tooling based upon these files instead of having to parse bash in a
non-bash language.

Some tests have shown around 30 seconds or generating the metadata on
packages like thunderbird. The implementation in makepkg becomes semi
slow for some split packages that provide a huge number of individual
packages, but it seems reasonably fast so we can instead have a uniform
state of always providing .SRCINFO files.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-09-04 23:41:00 +02:00
Christian Heusel
f31ea3a48e fix(build): fix repo detection for special chars in package name
Currently we used grep -E, in a way that special characters in the
package name such as the '+' in 'ls++' also became part of the regex.

This commit switches this to become a literal string matching using awk.

Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2023-08-27 17:08:23 +02:00
Christian Heusel
9f7808c26e fix(build): installing packages into the chroot fails for relative links
As the relative links are relative to the pkgctl invocations PWD and not
necessarily relative to the location where makechrootpkg is invoked from
this fails unexpectedly.

This commit fixes this by just using the full path when passing the
location to makechrootpkg.

Fixes https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools/-/issues/181

Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2023-08-27 16:55:50 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
5f4fd52e38 feat(arch-nspawn): Use a unique scope name instead of --keep-unit
`--keep-unit` is really only for use in services like
`systemd-nspawn@.service`.

The parameter was added in commit 000ea6c7bb because
systemd-nspawn defaults the name of the machine (and thus the generated
scope) to the name of the working directory, which is not unique. Thus
spawning a container from `archbuild/extra-x86_64/foo` while
`archbuild/testing-x86_64/foo` is already running would fail.

We can avoid the unit conflict by giving the container a unique machine
name. Creating a scope also allows us to place the container in a slice
hierarchy for resource control.
2023-07-21 19:41:22 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
1b25190176 chore(arch-nspawn): Simplify args construction for systemd-nspawn 2023-07-21 19:41:22 +02:00
Christian Heusel
030e6af880 chore: fix spelling mistake packge -> package
it seems like the mistake was copied to a few locations, this commit
fixes it.

Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2023-07-06 15:30:49 +02:00
Levente Polyak
662d6c5274 fix(make): use correct version variable for release target 2023-07-05 18:45:54 +02:00
Levente Polyak
3de03e8b1f chore(release): version v1.0.3 2023-07-05 18:36:07 +02:00
Christian Heusel
720b7c9b05 chore(build): skip invalid architectures on autodetection
This is done so that pkgctl can be better used to build aur packages
which can have arch=(...) settings for which we do not have a clean
chroot builder.

Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2023-07-05 18:17:32 +02:00
Christian Heusel
0ea7e9e0e5 chore(doc): fix spelling typo in pkgrel detection
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-06-18 01:01:11 +02:00
Christian Heusel
be5f54c95c fix(commitpkg): ensure the PKGBUILD is version controlled
Early exit in case the PKGBUILD is not yet properly under version
control, which can happen for freshly initialized repositories.
Furthermore print an appropriate error message including a hint how to
resolve this.

Fixes #154
Fixes #167

Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-06-17 23:02:36 +02:00
Levente Polyak
5c6e13a672 chore(doc): add missing dependency on fakeroot
We need fakeroot to trick pacman into updating a fresh pacman database
for an unprivileged user.
2023-06-08 00:31:35 +02:00
Levente Polyak
a07df0beea chore(release): version v1.0.2 2023-05-28 01:22:09 +02:00
Levente Polyak
c7d627165f chore(release): adjust Makefile for new release schema
Ask for the next release version and automatically create a signed tag.
Furthermore add a simple release target to call glab for uploading the
required artifacts.
2023-05-28 01:21:40 +02:00
Antonio Rojas
e47035e74d chore(build): improve error wording if no package repo could be detected
Not being in any official repo does not necessarily mean this is a new
package. One could simply be building an AUR or custom local package.
Make the message less confusing in such case.
2023-05-27 22:18:04 +02:00
Daniel M. Capella
9b11b16a7e chore(doc): remove duplicate subcommand from example help text 2023-05-27 21:44:09 +02:00
Levente Polyak
3283b2ca59 fix(commitpkg): only force existing files to be under version control
Before porting commitpkg to Git, the code has checked the SVN status for
none commited files. During the port this has changed by straight
checking for any passed files if they were under version control or not.

In general the whole logic is very brittle as variables are searched by
regex and directly passed to eval while ignoring any function scoping.
This leads to missing files when they reference the $pkgname inside a
package function but also provide wrong ones when eval simply returns
the first $pkgname while ignoring and function scopes.

In the future this should completely be replaces by .SRCINFO processing.

Fixes #145

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-27 01:53:45 +02:00
Toolybird
71cb9e97bb fix(archroot): preserve original args for check_root before discarding
arch-nspawn, mkarchroot, makerepropkg all call "shift" after getopts
processing. Save the original args and pass on to check_root to prevent
options being discarded.

Fixes 41d4624879
Fixes #149

Signed-off-by: Toolybird <toolybird@tuta.io>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-26 01:06:14 +02:00
Levente Polyak
1b808b8e32 chore(release): version v1.0.1 2023-05-24 03:19:26 +02:00
Chih-Hsuan Yen
e4c40a9802 fix(completion): incorporate repo layout into offload-build completion
Use new repo names for build targets. This follows /usr/bin/*-build
links other than x86_64_v3 ones.
2023-05-24 03:06:03 +02:00
Levente Polyak
a08bc2acf4 feature(clone): add protocol option to force cloning over HTTPS
This is a rather quick and simple implementation to override the current
logic and force clone with HTTPS. Allowing to explicitly clone over HTTPS
is currently required to unblock reproducible builds where no ssh keys
and GitLab user accounts are set up as of now. Hence this quick solution
comes into play to mitigate the regression on reproducible builds
builders.

Revisit the overall auto detection and protocol logic approach for a
later release related to some ideas floating around in pending
merge-requests.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-24 02:50:08 +02:00
Morten Linderud
f11cb9018e feature(commitpkg): auto generate .SRCINFO if present
This currently makes .SRCINFO files opt-in and helps to keep the file up
to date if already present.

Signed-off-by: Morten Linderud <foxboron@archlinux.org>
2023-05-23 03:03:39 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
d759eadb50 fix(diffpkg): Fix scoping of DIFFOPTIONS when comparing split pkgs
`diff_pkgs` needs to use a local variable for its options, otherwise
they will accumulate for each package diffed.

Whem comparing split packages this lead to earlier mutated DIFFOPTIONS
containing too many labels which resulted in a failure.
2023-05-23 02:20:03 +02:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
1c399778f9 fix(commitpkg): reliably check tree status regardless of configuration
Check git status --porcelain, not --short.

`--short` is influenced by user configuration like `status.branch`
making it non-empty even on a clean tree. Use `--porcelain` to avoid
this.
2023-05-23 01:47:00 +02:00
Levente Polyak
edc14ef19c Version 1.0.0 2023-05-21 12:25:44 +02:00
Levente Polyak
6ce666a166 feature(parallel): run up to N jobs in parallel for repo clone/configure
Run up to N jobs in parallel. By default the number of jobs is equal to the
number of available processing units. For sequential processing this option
needs to be passed with 1.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 16:12:45 +02:00
Levente Polyak
bf61b8472a chore(archroot): force build chroot recreation to adapt new configs
Bumping the chroot version will result in the chroots checking against
the local version and force recreation in case they do not match.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 15:11:16 +02:00
Levente Polyak
80a8cdcba2 chore(git): use default ssh port 22 url scheme
We only need to specifically use ssh:// protocol prefix if we want to
specify a special port. As we moved to support pulling directly over
port 22 from out GitLab instance we can change the url scheme to the
simple variant.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 12:20:36 +02:00
Levente Polyak
41d4624879 fix(archroot): pass along the real command and argv by the caller
Before modularizing the repo layout, we used m4_include to assemble
together sources into a single file. Now, we properly use a library
layout without assembling multiple files, which means we cannot anymore
rely on BASH_SOURCE inside the library file. Hence, pass along the
actual command and argv from the check_root caller.

Fixes: src: modularize repo layout into a library

Signed-off-by: Morten Linderud <foxboron@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 00:20:41 +02:00
Felix Yan
4d3ab0b489 config: update pacman configs for new repository layout
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 00:08:13 +02:00
Levente Polyak
830dcde2d8 pkgctl build: support worker slots for none tty builds
Allow overriding the worker slot with a dedicated option. Furthermore
detect if the current tty is no pts and fall back to choosing a random
worker slot between 1 and number of available processing units.

Fixes #137

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 00:08:13 +02:00
Caleb Maclennan
1da97a8b36 doc: Fixup formatting issues in asciidoc man pages 2023-05-20 00:08:13 +02:00
Alexander Epaneshnikov
9330671825 archrelease: fix mangled release package status output
Git push will print its status, hence switch from a busy line
indicator to a single line message and allow Git to print its status
accordingly.

Otherwise we get:
==> Releasing package...Enumerating objects: 6, done.
2023-05-20 00:08:13 +02:00
Christian Heusel
8e3b6bcc5b pkgctl repo clone: add option to switch working tree
Add an option to call the switch command after clone. Switch to a
specified version. The working tree and the index are updated to match
the version.

Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 00:08:13 +02:00
Christian Heusel
4289be212b build: allow release options only in combination with --release
It leads to weird expectations when using --db-update or --message
without --release. Make the behavior more user friendly, by aborting the
operation and explaining that release options only work in conjunction
with the release option.

Fixes #131

Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
2023-05-20 00:08:13 +02:00
Christian Heusel
ed96635141 pkgctl repo: introduce the switch subcommand
Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
Co-Authored-By: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 00:08:13 +02:00
Levente Polyak
f961e2e948 completion: implemented structured declarative bash completions
This will make it tremendously easier to add arguments, subcommands and
special positional option handling. Instead of the need to code the
nested structure via bash and switch cases, we can simply declare
functions and arrays with the matching names according to the
subcommands or argument labels.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 00:08:13 +02:00
Christian Heusel
645a5a9f04 pkgctl: introduce the version subcommand
Related to https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools/-/issues/125

Closes #125

Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
Co-Authored-By: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 00:08:12 +02:00
Levente Polyak
e1142935e5 completion: zsh: allow args even when the command has subcommands
This allows to show arguments on root level of commands that themselves
have subcommands available. Complete those when any - is used in the
completion word.
2023-05-20 00:08:12 +02:00
Levente Polyak
bc182032eb config: fixup file permissions to be more strict
Normally the default in Arch is that all home directories are private.
However, this may have been changed locally. To make sure we never
expose secrets, lets use a umask of 0077 when writing the config.

Additionally add some temporary fixup code to migrate the file and
directory permissions of already existing paths.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 00:08:12 +02:00
Levente Polyak
f3518e248c build: support nocheck for initial bootstrap builds
Output a warning when this option is used to remind packagers to rebuild
the packages with checks once the bootstrap cycle has been completed.
2023-05-20 00:08:12 +02:00
Levente Polyak
6c2498750e doc: add dependency declaration to the README.md
This will help to make sure dependencies are explicitly stated and
reflected in the PKGBUILD.
2023-05-20 00:08:12 +02:00
Christian Heusel
5e22e4f81e config: allow suppying the gitlab token via env var
This would allow to supply the gitlab tokens via the env var
DEVTOOLS_GITLAB_TOKEN and therefore allow users to choose whatever
program they want to fill this env var.

Closes #113

Signed-off-by: Christian Heusel <christian@heusel.eu>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 00:08:12 +02:00
Campbell Jones
a981ef40e8 edit: improve editor presence checking
Adds a check for the configured Git editor (git config core.editor) in
both commitpkg and build.sh.

Additionally, instead of blindly executing vi when all other options are
exhausted, remove it instead as it is a none standard installed editor
anyway.

Closes #106

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 00:08:12 +02:00
Levente Polyak
fe2eb3076d rebuildpkgs: drop legacy script, will be replaced with a smarter UX
Instead of trying to port this ancient script, which doesn't even seem
to work with community, let's instead remove it. We will be adding a
replacement script in pkgctl soon with a smarter and more convenient UX.
2023-05-20 00:08:12 +02:00
Levente Polyak
4ae857e665 doc: update manpage footer for GitLab and remove static list of maintainers
The list of all maintainers that have worked so far on devtools is
exceeding a sane amount making each manpage convulsed. The authors can
be pulled from GitLab directly without occupying lots of space on every
manpage. We would like to express gratitude to all our maintainers.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 00:08:12 +02:00
Levente Polyak
eda3a4aea0 gitlab: add project path function to map special chars
Automatic path conversion is limited to GitLab API v4 and will be
removed in the future. It's expected that the caller does the path
conversion on caller side and only passes a valid path to the API within
its limitations.

Hence convert project names to valid paths:
  1. replace single '+' between word boundaries with '-'
  2. replace any other '+' with literal 'plus'
  3. replace any special chars other than '_', '-' and '.' with '-'
  4. replace consecutive '_-' chars with a single '-'
  5. replace 'tree' with 'unix-tree' due to GitLab reserved keyword

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 00:08:12 +02:00
Levente Polyak
f669a71e84 repo-configure: automatically determine protocol from packager identity
The remote protocol is automatically determined from the author email
address by choosing SSH for all official packager identities and
read-only HTTPS otherwise.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 00:08:11 +02:00
Levente Polyak
1d7f997215 build: command to build packages inside a clean chroot 2023-05-20 00:08:11 +02:00
Levente Polyak
7954382401 commitpkg: error out if the repo is not configured to latest specs
This ensures the repository we try to commit and release from uses the
latest distro specs for its local git config. The check errors out early
before touching anything and prints a recommendation how to update the
repo.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 00:08:11 +02:00
Levente Polyak
1ae09b43af commitpkg: print deprecation warning when executed directly 2023-05-20 00:08:11 +02:00
Levente Polyak
d402d5f308 archrelease: print deprecation warning when executed directly 2023-05-20 00:08:11 +02:00
Levente Polyak
c839d52793 test: added pkgctl devel wrapper for convenient development testing
For local development testing, there is a convenience wrapper for
`pkgctl` that will automatically build the project using make and proxy
all calls to the local build directory.

Either `./test/bin/pkgctl` can be run directly or the `test/bin`
directory can be added to the PATH.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 00:08:11 +02:00
Levente Polyak
cddba60958 archrelease: add checks for valid remote and up-to-date branch ref
It's safest to probe for the validity of the remote origin and abort
early otherwise. This also allows to print some hints how to create or
configure new repositories at appropriate times.
Additionally fetch remote changes and check the local branch contains
the remote branch ref, otherwise abort and print a hint how to pull and
update the branch.

This should add all check needed for the average failure case that may
lead to a weird state or creation of a local tag that may not be
pushable.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 00:08:11 +02:00
Levente Polyak
f1673c60ad build: replace m4 defines with sed scripts during build
There is no reason anymore to use m4 since we got rid of the includes by
using library files. Let's replace the last usage of m4 and completely
red rid of it.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-20 00:08:11 +02:00
Levente Polyak
e0307c7925 conf: move makepkg and pacman config into separate conf.d dirs
We have used the datadir like a kitchen sink, lets clean up a bit by
having a better and well structured layout. Put makepkg and pacman
configs in separate directories: makepkg.conf.d and pacman.conf.d.
2023-05-20 00:08:11 +02:00
Levente Polyak
5752488ef1 release: command to commit, tag and upload build artifacts
This is a smart and more convenient invocation of the classical
commitpkg and archrelease with auto-discovery for target repositories
and a shorthand option to directly call db-update.
2023-05-19 22:27:13 +02:00
Levente Polyak
b9db6160a2 git: convert repos and tags config to new repo layout 2023-05-19 22:27:13 +02:00
Levente Polyak
f834fc4700 db: command for Pacman database modification like update, move etc 2023-05-19 22:27:13 +02:00
Levente Polyak
8b5bcd01b4 commitpkg: add exported pgp keys with git 2023-05-19 22:27:13 +02:00
Levente Polyak
2a59c32bf4 repo: added command to create a new packaging repository 2023-05-19 22:27:13 +02:00
Levente Polyak
77d800eab2 auth: implemented module to authenticate against our GitLab
This helps to have a convenient way to manage and test our personal
GitLab tokens. Those are used for certain API calls like creating new
repositories.

prefill the access token web view as per
https://docs.gitlab.com/ee/user/profile/personal_access_tokens.html#prefill-personal-access-token-name-and-scopes

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-19 22:27:12 +02:00
Levente Polyak
d2245b1943 gitlab: implemented module for required API calls
We need to use API calls as we can't create repositories in protected
namespaces by simply pushing a none existing repository. For privacy
reasons this is limited to private personal repositories in GitLab.
2023-05-19 22:27:12 +02:00
Levente Polyak
f63d343e40 config: implemented simple config module to store token and settings 2023-05-19 22:27:12 +02:00
Levente Polyak
b5d5402e43 src: modularize repo layout into a library
This will greatly help us to structure the functionality and commands in
a more sane way. We will distribute the sources as actual libraries and
reuse code with imports instead of processing everything with m4 and
duplicating a lot of code.
2023-05-19 22:27:12 +02:00
Levente Polyak
a8be7423ef pkgctl: add a unified command-line frontend for devtools
This is the first step of a simple and highly structured unified
interface to devtools commands in a single wrapper.

The split is based on groups like `repo`, `build` and `diff`

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-19 22:27:12 +02:00
Levente Polyak
d15bd29a9d pkgrepo: add subcommand to open the packaging repository's website
This can be quite handy if a packager quickly wants to check the GitLab
page for merge requests or but reports. Quickly calling a cli command
inside the current packaging clone or with the pkgname provided will
open the remote location inside the browser.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-19 22:27:12 +02:00
Levente Polyak
95424a88eb pkgrepo: add option to clone all existing packages
This can be very handy for cache warming on the repo server or
to perform mass operations on all PKGBUILDs.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-19 22:27:12 +02:00
Levente Polyak
3d3176beb6 pkgrepo: rename archco as a general purpose tool for packaging repos
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-19 22:27:12 +02:00
Levente Polyak
6aa42e1f6e commitpkg: use library location for common server and remote properties
It makes a lot of sense to have them in a central place that can be
swapped and also re-used across different execution units. Hence lets
move the repos.archlinux.org host to lib/common.sh

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-19 22:27:12 +02:00
Levente Polyak
30616c4fde archco: add option to clone all packages of a maintainer
Query Archweb to retrieve a list of all packages of a maintainer by
their pkgbase. AFterwards loop through all packages and clone them.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-19 22:27:11 +02:00
Levente Polyak
5eb09a9cc9 archco: implement clone and configure subcommands
Manages Git packaging repositories and helps with their configuration
according to distro specs.

Git author information and the used signing key is set up from
makepkg.conf read from any valid location like /etc or XDG_CONFIG_HOME.

The configure command can be used to synchronize the distro specs and
makepkg.conf settings for previously cloned repositories.

The unprivileged option can be used for cloning packaging repositories
without SSH access using read-only HTTPS.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-05-19 22:27:11 +02:00
Levente Polyak
6675894159 archco: convert tool to git clone 2023-03-19 22:02:04 +01:00
Levente Polyak
bb72473529 crossrepomove: drop support as this is not needed anymore
We unified the source repositories to a single location. Having to cross
repo move them between physical locations is not required anymore.
2023-03-19 22:02:04 +01:00
Levente Polyak
1f4ca51ca1 commitpkg: omit pkgbase in commit msg as git repos are per pkgbase 2023-03-19 22:02:04 +01:00
Levente Polyak
b9d20c10a9 archrelease: fix git tag conversion and use library function for it
This allows us to reuse the code and have the conversion in a single
place instead of cluttering rules across different execution units.

It also fixes the implementations according to the specs of
git-check-ref-format.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-03-19 22:02:04 +01:00
Levente Polyak
1844418956 archrelease: explicitly push the main refspec 2023-03-19 22:02:04 +01:00
Morten Linderud
f0946c65f5 archrelease: Added pkgver to git tag conversion
Signed-off-by: Morten Linderud <foxboron@archlinux.org>
2023-03-19 22:02:04 +01:00
Morten Linderud
f7d122044b archrelease: ensure we check the checksum of the package
Signed-off-by: Morten Linderud <foxboron@archlinux.org>
2023-03-19 22:02:04 +01:00
Morten Linderud
b6f5220bed commitpkg: ensure we always stage and rm files
Signed-off-by: Morten Linderud <foxboron@archlinux.org>
2023-03-19 22:02:04 +01:00
Morten Linderud
f4213f9c36 commitpkg: ensure we always use the main branch
Signed-off-by: Morten Linderud <foxboron@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-03-19 22:02:04 +01:00
Morten Linderud
90aba4f84b git: first iteration of git support
Signed-off-by: Morten Linderud <foxboron@archlinux.org>
Adjusted-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-03-19 22:02:04 +01:00
Jelle van der Waa
9297eb344e commitpkg: disallow weak hashing algorithms
Do not allow uploads of source=() with only weak cryptographic hashing
algorithms but require at least one strong algorithm.

This doesn't 100% enforce it ofcourse, but it allows for an early
failure instead of failing in `db-update`.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-03-19 21:57:30 +01:00
nl6720
b34814419d sogrep: do not hardcode the mirror
Use the first mirror that is configured for each repo in pacman.conf.
With the default configuration, this means to use the first mirror from /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist.

If a repo is not configured in pacman.conf, fall back to https://geo.mirror.pkgbuild.com.
2023-03-16 19:03:56 +02:00
Levente Polyak
6dd7be3fd4 Version 20230307 2023-03-07 01:51:40 +01:00
Tobias Powalowski
0365edb264 fix: enable extglob before func definition for bash-5.2 compatibility
The `extglob` option changes the behavior of the shell parser, since
extended glob patterns would otherwise be syntax errors. bash-5.2
changed the way a function definition is processed by calling the parser
instead of relying on the ad-hoc code in bash-5.1 and earlier versions.
This means, in bash-5.2 the shell function was parsed without `extglob`
being enabled because the `shopt` command to enable it was part of the
function body.

Add `shopt` options for `extglob` around function definitions to address
this issue and allow bash-5.2 to correctly parse the function.

Co-authored-by: Frédéric Pierret (fepitre) <frederic.pierret@qubes-os.org>
Co-authored-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-03-06 21:51:27 +01:00
Celeste Liu
4ff7aa0d8a archbuild: add doc for bind mount config
Signed-off-by: Celeste Liu <CoelacanthusHex@gmail.com>
2023-03-06 21:06:59 +01:00
Evangelos Foutras
320c1fd0ac mkarchroot: stop adding C.UTF-8 to locale.gen
Adding such an entry is problematic as it results in locale -a showing:

  C
  C.UTF-8
  C.utf8
  POSIX
  (other locales)

In the above, C.UTF-8 is built-in whereas C.utf8 comes from locale.gen.

The duplicate locale has the potential to expose undesired behavior in
upstream software: https://github.com/sudo-project/sudo/issues/241
2023-02-15 22:51:40 +02:00
Levente Polyak
7b209b63a7 commitpkg: abort execution if msg file editor exits none-successfully
Previously the script execution did not abort if the msg file editor
exited none-successfully leading to undesired commits with a potentially
unfinished message. Instead abort the commit if the msg file editor is
deliberately terminated with a failure code.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-01-17 00:48:24 +01:00
Levente Polyak
d45e77738b commitpkg: properly cleanup commit msg file on abort
Use the workdir location which gets cleaned up automatically. Previously
this was leaking tmpfiles if the commitpkg command got aborted after
file creation.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-01-17 00:47:20 +01:00
Celeste Liu
009c58f7c9 archbuild: add architecture-specific mount config
config path: @pkgdatadir@/mount.d/${arch}

config format:
Each line will start with 'ro' and 'rw' will be used, other lines will
be ignore, rest of line is out/path:in/path. e.g.

```
ro /some/path:/proc/cpuinfo
rw /some/some/path:/var/cache/pacman/pkg
```

For example, in the RISC-V port, if we use qemu-user to build, we need
to pass a parameter to makechrootpkg to map a correct /proc/cpuinfo, so
that software that relies on /proc/cpuinfo to obtain information can be
built normally.

Signed-off-by: Celeste Liu <CoelacanthusHex@gmail.com>
2023-01-06 16:58:29 +01:00
Felix Yan
112026580d makechrootpkg: make /tmp inside nspawn larger
systemd by default limits the /tmp folder to be 10% of the host memory:
6f2cea06bf/src/shared/mount-util.h (L33)

This is problematic to our builds because many toolchains opt to put
build artifacts in /tmp, and expecting the host memory to be 10 times
larger is not optimal or even realistic sometimes.

This MR attempts to enlarge it to 50% memory as the host machine's
default value of /tmp. This should be a fair compromise between being
overly conservative and taking up too much memory to crash the system.
2023-01-06 16:25:46 +01:00
Levente Polyak
f870ab6864 Version 20230105 2023-01-05 16:20:42 +01:00
Levente Polyak
ea782a8ab7 makepkg.conf: enable rust debuginfo
This enables DEBUG_RUSTFLAGS with the appropriate debuginfo settings.

The empty RUSTFLAGS variable is required workaround to avoid double
compilation during package function call. The issue is that the
behavior of the current implementation of buildenv_debugflags is not
idempotent, so consecutive calls will append the same flags again
leading to cargo consider the build inputs to have changed.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2023-01-03 23:23:43 +01:00
Morten Linderud
a510331698 mkarchroot: remove deprecated -d option
It's been deprecated for a few years now.

91562aa99c

Signed-off-by: Morten Linderud <foxboron@archlinux.org>
2022-11-21 21:48:22 +01:00
Hugo Osvaldo Barrera
dca8f91d26 makerepropkg: Use $CARCH instead of hardcoded x86_64
`makerepropkg` has a hardcoded "x86_64", so fails to run on other
[unofficial] architectures, because it tries to use an x86_64-specific
makepkg config, which overrides CARCH=x86_64.

This patch addresses hardcoded half of the problem; ArchLinux derivates
still needs to ship a custom `devtools` package with their own
`makepkg-$CARCH.conf`. Usually, the only thing that really needs to be
changed in the per-architecture custom makepkg.conf is CARCH and CHOST.

See: https://lists.archlinux.org/archives/list/arch-projects@lists.archlinux.org/thread/XEEW5LXYFN3XXI5YXAUY5E4LZLMKOFTL/
2022-11-08 22:25:32 +01:00
Morten Linderud
b64d8ebacf makepkg.conf: Include debug option by default
Signed-off-by: Morten Linderud <foxboron@archlinux.org>
2022-11-07 22:11:35 +01:00
Levente Polyak
248cdf7ff2 Version 20221012 2022-10-12 21:40:39 +02:00
Levente Polyak
04a821dddf common: prevent globbing and word splitting in find_cached_package
We changed the glob in 5d02c6df7f
but we forgot to quote the newly introduced variables.
2022-10-12 21:29:30 +02:00
Mike Yuan
d82bc69716 makechrootpkg: fix short option handling for makepkg_args
Currently, when multiple short options are passed as a single argument,
only the one that matches the first case statement will be parsed. This
shall be fixed by using switch-case resume.
2022-10-13 00:10:17 +08:00
Felix Yan
5d02c6df7f common: improve performance of find_cached_package
find_cached_package was unnecessarily looping over all packages which
uses a lot of CPU and could be exceptionally slow when PKGDEST contains
a lot of packages.

Fix this by adding the target pkgname, pkgver and arch to the glob and
only process potential candidates.
2022-10-11 20:25:08 +02:00
Levente Polyak
20f89df443 Version 20221002 2022-10-02 22:21:36 +02:00
Levente Polyak
fcaf3ecec0 fix: do not set extglob globally to avoid side-effects
Instead only enable it for whatever operation requires them.

Example sides effects:
commitpkg can accidently execute PKGBUILD functions when sourcing the
PKGBUILD that has function names like package_libsigc++()

Fixes #87
2022-09-01 23:40:21 +02:00
Levente Polyak
280ef10d37 make: declare lib files as build dependencies for bash src scripts 2022-09-01 23:40:21 +02:00
Levente Polyak
f8d2ad9a7d diffpkg: pass the --color option appropriately to diffoscope
Diffoscope has a different option, called --text-color which only
understands the verbose options. Hence we extend the --color shorthand
for --color=auto and pass the changed option name to diffoscope.
2022-09-01 23:38:44 +02:00
Levente Polyak
2e4060445a crossrepomove: fix moving debug packages to the target repo
We did not copy over the optional debug packages to the staging
environment before db-updating the moved state. Afterwards the db-remove
call removed the debug packages from the source repo. This lead to
dropping debug packages when using crossrepomove.

This approach ensures we have a uniform shell to avoid shell glob
behavior inconsistencies. The copy of the package path is mandatory and
will error out if missing while the debug package path is optional as
reflected by a subshell that succeeds either way.

Fixes #92
2022-08-31 23:55:05 +02:00
morganamilo
1e23bbc164 makechrootpkg: support -A makepkg flag 2022-08-31 23:38:13 +02:00
Levente Polyak
53be0527e2 fix: properly check for invalid argument in checkpkg and diffpkg
The option switch case only matches by splitting via '|' instead of ','
2022-08-31 02:26:47 +02:00
Levente Polyak
f4e8047d65 diffpkg: prefer to search inside the pool dir if available
On certain packaging machines where the pacman cache gets updated very
infrequently, the behavior of diffpkg may not function correctly as old
packages were to be downloaded as diff target. In such cases we look for
a pool directory first and search via a glob for an available pool
package sorted by version.

The pool search glob has three glob segments each disallowing the dash
delimiter to split across pkgrel, pkgver and arch. This will return the
correct package from the pool without considering overly eager wildcards
that potentially match different pkgnames.

The default pool search directory is /srv/ftp/pool
2022-08-31 02:26:47 +02:00
Levente Polyak
70a3041ff8 diffpkg: allow to set column width for side-by-side view
The magic values `columns` and `auto` allow to set specific aspects,
with 'auto' as the default value:

- auto: Set width to the maximum line length of all input files
- columns: Set width to the shell defined $COLUMNS env var

Furthermore any number can be passed to set a static width.
2022-08-31 02:26:47 +02:00
Levente Polyak
ba070f1ca9 diffpkg: add colored output option with default of auto 2022-08-23 20:23:51 +02:00
Levente Polyak
b9dadc5576 diffpkg: allow to choose between unified context and two columns 2022-08-23 20:23:22 +02:00
Greg Land
6bd7e70e68 doc: Fixed spelling error in devtools man page 2022-08-13 15:23:14 +02:00
Levente Polyak
626aecb472 make: split out man page files into doc/man folder 2022-06-22 01:05:03 +02:00
Levente Polyak
2088244564 make: use GEN message for all generated content 2022-06-22 01:05:03 +02:00
Levente Polyak
37df0765d2 cleanup: move PKGBUILD.proto to contrib folder 2022-06-22 01:05:03 +02:00
Levente Polyak
6d946989f3 doc: update links and references after moving to GitLab 2022-06-22 01:05:03 +02:00
Levente Polyak
5e680513e6 make: automatically collect man pages via wildcard 2022-06-22 01:05:02 +02:00
Levente Polyak
d94badcd0b make: split out source files into src folder 2022-06-22 01:05:02 +02:00
Levente Polyak
e1a51770b2 make: split out config files into conf directory 2022-06-22 01:05:02 +02:00
Levente Polyak
bb1a89a837 make: split out completion scripts from root worktree 2022-06-22 01:05:02 +02:00
Levente Polyak
225bac5a49 make: properly handle build target prerequisites
- Use wildcard for the lib directory for all binprogs
- Fix individual man page prerequisites for asciidoc.conf and footer
- Require all as prerequisite for the install target
2022-06-22 01:05:02 +02:00
Levente Polyak
6f5aa9f438 make: use build dir as target instead of polluting root workdir
This introduces a BUILDDIR make variable that is used as the target
directory. This gives us more flexibility and easier control of a none
dirty worktree by not polluting the main workdirs.
2022-06-22 01:05:02 +02:00
Levente Polyak
b7f2f4935d chore: remove executable bit from *.in source files
Those files should not be executable, its simply a wrong bit on the
files as they are useless without preprocessing.
2022-06-22 01:04:56 +02:00
Levente Polyak
b8d9a2b4fd Version 20220621 2022-06-22 00:58:19 +02:00
Levente Polyak
f386c13142 export-pkgbuild-keys: fix export for packages without validpgpkeys
In case the validpgpkeys array is empty or undefined, the empty printf
line only included a single line break which lead to mapfile -t
consuming it as an array with 1 element consisting of an empty string.

Fix this by only calling the printf in case the validpgpkeys array is
not empty. Without any output, the mapfile -t will simply produce an
empty array.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2022-06-22 00:51:22 +02:00
Levente Polyak
49d889cb8d Version 20220620 2022-06-20 22:54:34 +02:00
Levente Polyak
ac222ae004 archrelease: support subdirectories in package directories
We need to support subdirectories for the `keys` directory used to
distribute PGP keys alongside the packaging sources.

This is achieved by using `svn ls` to list the files and directories
in the packaging root and leverage the behavior of `svn copy` to
consider subdirectories inside the root but only copy over files and
directories under the subdirectory that are already tracked by svn.
As a step in between, we now use `svn ls --recursive` to list all
tracked svn files in the current repos directory and remove all tracked
files in the staging area. Hence the `svn copy` in combination with the
`svn rm` will result in a sync behavior from the packaging root to the
repos directory.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2022-06-10 16:51:52 +02:00
Allan McRae
cde012d25e Add x86_64_v3 builders
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2022-06-10 16:31:45 +02:00
Levente Polyak
383cfa7e60 Version 20220609 2022-06-09 21:29:10 +02:00
Levente Polyak
7a8f101498 doc/export-pkgbuild-keys.1: fix filename to detect manpage location
The manpage doc has been added without a suffix which fails during
install.
2022-06-09 21:25:10 +02:00
Levente Polyak
01b6196883 export-pkgbuild-keys: use TEMPDIR while exporting key
This avoids the possibility to pollute the keys directory with temporary
files if the script is aborted in between.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2022-06-09 21:10:03 +02:00
Levente Polyak
8d4c46d368 export-pkgbuild-keys: add simple success export messages
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2022-06-09 21:06:38 +02:00
Allan McRae
d00a28ea0e Export source PGPs from PKGBUILD on commit
Provide a tool to export keys listed in the PKGBUILDs validpgpkeys to
keys/pgp/$fingerprint.asc.

The presense of the "keys" directory alongside the PKGBUILD in trunk/
is tested during commitpkg.  If the directory is abscent, keys are
exported and added to the commit.  If the directory is present, a
check is made to ensure all valid PGP keys are provided.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2022-06-09 20:41:18 +02:00
Felix Yan
5e98478344 mkarchroot: generate and use C.UTF-8 by default
systemd >= 251 is forcing nspawns to use LANG=C.UTF-8:
b626f6959b

It makes sense to generate the C.UTF-8 locate here when using it as the
default LANG value.

Related to: https://bugs.archlinux.org/task/74864
2022-06-09 01:07:43 +02:00
Felix Yan
0c61761f33 mkarchroot: unshare mount namespace to avoid broken root chroot creation
While `extra-x86_64-build -c` is running `pacstrap` and has
`/var/lib/archbuild/extra-x86_64/root/run` mounted, another user logs
in, thus creating a new mountpoint `/run/user/$uid` that propagates into
`/var/lib/archbuild/extra-x86_64/root/run/user/$uid` leading to a broken
root chroot.

Successive `extra-x86_64-build -c` calls will result in cleanup errors:

```
$ extra-x86_64-build -c
==> Creating chroot for [extra] (x86_64)...
-> Deleting chroot copy 'root'...
rm: skipping '/var/lib/archbuild/extra-x86_64/root/run', since it's on a different device
rm: skipping '/var/lib/archbuild/extra-x86_64/root/run', since it's on a different device
==> ERROR: Working directory '/var/lib/archbuild/extra-x86_64/root' already exists
==> ERROR: Aborting...
```

Reported by and patch adjusted from archlinuxcn.

Fixes FS#64698
2022-06-09 00:56:41 +02:00
Levente Polyak
c2f163b640 diffpkg: support comparing two given package archives
This adds support similar to diffpkg from the infrastructure repo
that is based on the assumption that two archives can be passed
to the tooling in order to compare them.
2022-05-17 21:03:44 +02:00
Levente Polyak
c339536a37 diffpkg: support multiple diff modes to compare with
This adds support for the following diff modes:

- content list (default)
- diffoscope
- .PKGINFO diff
- .BUILDINFO diff
2022-05-17 21:03:44 +02:00
Jelle van der Waa
11edc45048 diffpkg - diff repo vs. build package
Include a new tool as alternative to checkpkg, this runs diffoscope on a
newly build package and the current repository package. This can be
useful for finding new files / binaries.
2022-05-17 21:03:43 +02:00
Levente Polyak
f42b032c5e make: respect PREFIX for bash completion instead of hardcoded /usr 2022-05-17 21:02:10 +02:00
Levente Polyak
c52fab2562 make: remove bash completion symlinks on uninstall 2022-05-17 20:57:32 +02:00
Leonidas Spyropoulos
54acc5872c build: enable gitlab-ci
Closes #85

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2022-04-28 19:10:59 +02:00
Haochen Tong
82cb6756aa sogrep: fail if links database cannot be retrieved
If the links database (for some reason) does not exist on the mirror,
curl will save the html 404 page as ${repo}.links.tar.gz in the cache,
and sogrep will later fail with a decompression error from bsdtar.

This patch adds -f to curl so it doesn't save the error page, and exit
after displaying an error in such case.

Fixes !88

Signed-off-by: Haochen Tong <i@hexchain.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2022-04-06 00:11:16 +02:00
Evangelos Foutras
74164e348b makepkg.conf: set LTOFLAGS="-flto=auto"
For use with pacman 6.0.1-4 which backports support for LTOFLAGS in
order to speed up builds that use gcc as the compiler. This is less
useful when clang is used, though a hack would be to specify in the
PKGBUILD `LTOFLAGS="-flto=thin"` (outside of any function).
2022-03-07 15:41:17 +02:00
Levente Polyak
a17c9c6a70 Version 20220207 2022-02-07 23:28:03 +01:00
Evangelos Foutras
065c00ad8f makepkg.conf: drop -fvar-tracking-assignments flag
According to gcc(1), this flag (like -fvar-tracking) is enabled by
default when compiling with optimization and debugging information.

As an additional benefit, packages building with the clang compiler
will work with the default flags without having to remove this flag
due to not being recognized by clang.
2022-01-31 16:34:07 +02:00
Levente Polyak
ea162ef041 make: use gzip option to get reproducible tar dist like GitLab 2022-01-26 22:44:09 +01:00
Levente Polyak
648ab0ad5e Version 20220126 2022-01-26 22:30:51 +01:00
Morten Linderud
63ad548818 commitpkg: Implement debug package handling
This implements the logic we need to properly figure out debug packages
when finding packages we are suppose to upload towards
repos.archlinux.org.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2022-01-26 21:31:37 +01:00
Morten Linderud
39a99e1664 common: Implement helper functions from dbscripts
This implements our current debug package detection logic.
Mostly taken from our dbscripts project.

Signed-off-by: Morten Linderud <foxboron@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2022-01-26 21:31:32 +01:00
Morten Linderud
95d06e0f60 commitpkg: Split signature check into own loop
This allows us to extend the uploads array without having to duplicate
the current signing logic.

This doesn't change anything as we still exit on any failed packages.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2022-01-26 21:31:27 +01:00
Morten Linderud
ec16d6e4bd common: implement validity as a function
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2022-01-26 21:31:21 +01:00
Felix Yan
fa5afbc30b checkpkg: set makepkg vars from build root to support none host archs
When building for an architecture different from the host, the correct
old package was downloaded as "$copydir"'s pacman was configured with
the target CARCH, but checkpkg doesn't know this and tries to search the
cache for host CARCH instead, producing the following error:

`==> ERROR: tarball not found for package: xxx`

This change fixes this by passing the appropriate makepkg config
explicitly, so that checkpkg behaves consistently.

Co-Authored-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2022-01-22 01:12:32 +01:00
Levente Polyak
412d032c26 Version 20211129 2021-11-29 20:43:22 +01:00
Levente Polyak
16b7a0e7e8 makepkg.conf: enable LTO option by default
Enable link time optimization (LTO) of packages by default by adding the
-flto flag. This provides smaller, faster executables/DSOs, and improves
GCC diagnostics.

This commit implements RFC 0004
https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/rfcs/-/blob/master/rfcs/0004-lto-by-default.rst
2021-11-28 14:33:52 +01:00
Levente Polyak
cc6cf65ef9 makerepropkg: support parallel runs in dedicated namespaces
This adds proper namespace locking as well to fix screwing up the
running makerepropkg process.
2021-11-18 20:31:23 +01:00
Levente Polyak
dacde204c9 makerepropkg: use correct devtools makepkg.conf files from dist
Use the recorded buildtool in order to download the matching dist
package and use the appropriate makepkg.conf for reproducing the
package. This is required as the flags are not recorded in the BUILDINFO
hence we need to provide the matching config that declared those flags.
2021-11-18 20:31:23 +01:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
1f1f6be889 Revert "Layer gnome-unstable above staging, not testing"
This reverts commit 3231cf8c36.
2021-11-17 02:32:34 +01:00
Evangelos Foutras
a23dcb0391 makepkg.conf: Sync with pacman 6.0.1-2: Pass -q as first option to curl
Includes the following hotfix:

> upgpkg: pacman 6.0.1-2: makepkg.conf: Pass -q as the first option to curl
>
> This is needed to disable reading the curlrc config file (if it exists).
>
> Same change submitted to upstream pacman:
> https://lists.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2021-September/025348.html
2021-11-16 22:49:44 +01:00
David Runge
7dd29dff46 lddd: Use bash instead of sh
lddd.in:
As all of the devtools scripts are based on bash, we need to use
/bin/bash and not posix sh.
2021-10-29 09:20:43 +02:00
David Runge
d783cb511c Revert "Use #!/bin/bash instead of #!/bin/sh"
This reverts commit 594f972666.

We have not received a reply for the relicensing to GPL-3.0-or-later
from its author @drizzt, which is why we are removing this commit.
2021-10-29 09:19:28 +02:00
David Runge
539f09761c Add GPL-3.0-or-later SPDX identifier to all scripts
Add the SPDX license identifier GPL-3.0-or-later to the header of all
scripts without a specific license and upgrading those that are stated
as GPL-2.0 to become GPL-3.0-or-later.
2021-10-29 09:16:13 +02:00
David Runge
da7f267ef2 Add license statement to README
README.md:
Add license statement to README, specifying that devtools is licensed
under the terms of the GPL-3.0-or-later.
2021-10-29 09:16:11 +02:00
David Runge
4ee3f5c8dd Add GPL-3.0 license file
LICENSE:
Add GPL-3.0 license.
2021-10-29 09:16:05 +02:00
Benjamin Denhartog
be80928384 makechrootpkg: preserve SSH_AUTH_SOCK to support ssh operations
This commit introduces the preservation of SSH_AUTH_SOCK within the
chroot environment, to support SSH-based operations, such as cloning
repositories via SSH.
2021-10-21 21:41:11 +02:00
yoursweetie
9028302ac7 doc: Add arch-nspawn man page 2021-09-08 22:13:36 +02:00
Jelle van der Waa
a9bf4789b3 Sort man page links in man 7 devtools 2021-09-07 22:37:25 +02:00
tsuibin
fd17f53cef doc: Add archbuild man page 2021-09-07 22:23:32 +02:00
yoursweetie
80e8c1fc70 doc: Add makechrootpkg man page 2021-09-07 20:55:42 +02:00
Felix Yan
6535ac9b99 Fix CI and switch to GitHub CI (#68) 2021-09-04 22:19:59 +08:00
bartus
c5c5dbc64f Drop pacutils:pacconf fallback
As of pacman:5.2 `pacman-conf` obsoletes `pacconf`
2021-07-17 23:10:30 +02:00
Levente Polyak
0a0e66a784 feat: support exposing buildtool to aid reproducible builds configs
This helps to map the correct build tool configs that are required to
reproduce a specific package and have the appropriate *FLAGS etc.
2021-07-17 22:56:11 +02:00
Levente Polyak
60e96c9d4b makerepropkg: avoid competing redirects into the same makepkg.conf file 2021-07-17 22:45:21 +02:00
Erich Eckner
30ed6920c7 allow to call setarch with a different value than $CARCH
Introduce setarch-aliases.d/ which gets installed inside
/usr/share/devtools. This allows to assign aliases which map one CARCH
to a different name which gets provided as argument for setarch. This is
necessary on archlinuxarm ("armv6h" -> "armv6l", "armv7h" -> "armv7l")
and allows for more fine-grained architectures (e.g. archlinux32 has
"i686" and "pentium4", which differ in the required cpu capabilities).

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2021-07-17 22:35:04 +02:00
Chih-Hsuan Yen
4602659068 zsh-completion: complete makechrootpkg arguments after *-build -- 2021-07-01 20:25:38 +02:00
Levente Polyak
43d58212c5 pacman.conf: enable ParallelDownloads and NoProgressBar
The progress bar feature creates noisy log files, especially with
parallel downloads. Lets disable the progress bar and instead use
parallel downloads.
2021-06-19 22:26:25 +02:00
Levente Polyak
6a628af422 pacman.conf: enable VerbosePkgLists for easier log consumption 2021-06-19 21:18:37 +02:00
Levente Polyak
0635f0c5ec sync pacman.conf with the pacman 6.0.0-3 package
This effectively does nothing but keep the commented options in sync to
not deviate from the original file for no reason.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2021-06-17 00:05:06 +02:00
Levente Polyak
04af0374f3 sync makepkg.conf with the pacman 6.0.0-3 package
The only effective difference is that -Wp,-D_GLIBCXX_ASSERTIONS is now
only defined for CXXFLAGS as of pacman 6.0.0-1

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
2021-06-17 00:04:52 +02:00
Eli Schwartz
54e03641a3 sync makepkg.conf with the pacman package
Aside for comments, this implements the buildflags RFC from:

https://lists.archlinux.org/pipermail/arch-dev-public/2021-March/030374.html
https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/rfcs/-/merge_requests/3
Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
2021-06-16 23:42:23 +02:00
Evangelos Foutras
385b47e56e sogrep: refresh if any database is over a day old
Outdated sogrep cache has already bit us once in the past. Finding one
or more databases older than a day is a good indication that a refresh
is in order, so do that automatically.
2021-06-16 23:37:10 +02:00
Evangelos Foutras
9d39abbefe sogrep: store unextracted *.links.tar.gz databases
Extracting these databases is painfully slow on HDDs (especially laptop
ones). There shouldn't be a drawback to keeping the tarballs around and
extracting them to a temporary directory (usually tmpfs) to parse them.

The implemented update logic tries to avoid redownloading unchanged dbs.
2021-06-16 23:37:06 +02:00
Levente Polyak
90ba07d9be Version 20210202 2021-02-02 00:51:57 +01:00
Levente Polyak
8c26438df8 makechrootpkg: only expose failed build logs instead of products
After further followups always moving all products isn't actually
desired as they can theoretically be broken in various ways if
arch-nspawn exists non successful.

However, as we would like to always preserve the produced log files we
instead split out the logfiles into an own function and call that for
unsuccessful buils.

Fixes 4f305aa3
2021-01-31 23:44:11 +01:00
Christian Hesse
a49bcf2097 doc: update default build host
Commit 09e169b741 changed the default
build host from dragon.archlinux.org to build.archlinux.org - match
in documentation.

Signed-off-by: Christian Hesse <mail@eworm.de>
2021-01-31 02:16:44 +01:00
Eli Schwartz
0883f45b3a makerepropkg: allow specifying the package in pacman -S format
We now accept:

1) # nothing

    in which case we'll use the PKGBUILD to retrieve...

2) name, or repo/name

    in which case we'll use pacman to cache the package and retrieve...

3) a filename

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
2021-01-27 00:56:48 +01:00
Eli Schwartz
99c2020d47 makerepropkg: do fast cache lookups
Teach get_pkgfile to call itself in local-only mode and find a cached
file no matter what its extension is. Avoids repetitively trying to curl
random files, fail with 404 errors, and proceed to discover a cache hit
under a different file extension.

Signed-off-by: Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
2021-01-27 00:56:48 +01:00
Christian Hesse
00f7a6a415 makepkg.conf: make rsync use new-style compression in makepkg.conf
Our rsync package is no longer built with bundled zlib, so old-style
compression is no longer supported.

https://www.archlinux.org/news/rsync-compatibility/

Signed-off-by: Christian Hesse <mail@eworm.de>
2021-01-26 20:56:46 +01:00
bartoszek
4f305aa316 makechrootpkg: Expose failed build logs/products
Since move_products() function is fairly robust we can make it run for
failed build also to expose logs for packages that fails in build(),
prepare() or package(). It also exposes partially packaged split
packages if they fail in latter package_xxx().
2021-01-26 20:43:29 +01:00
Levente Polyak
09e169b741 offload-build: change default host to build.archlinux.org 2021-01-26 20:40:47 +01:00
Jelle van der Waa
360a7611a8 doc: add devtools.7 man page
Signed-off-by: Jelle van der Waa <jelle@vdwaa.nl>
2021-01-26 20:39:06 +01:00
Konstantin Gizdov
d507db9490 offload-build: respect SRCEXT from makepkg.conf 2021-01-26 20:38:53 +01:00
242 changed files with 17681 additions and 1966 deletions

15
.editorconfig Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
# EditorConfig configuration for devtools
# https://editorconfig.org
# Top-most EditorConfig file
root = true
# Unix-style newlines without trailing whitespaces, but with a newline
# ending every file, utf-8 charset, set indent to tabs
[*]
end_of_line = lf
insert_final_newline = true
trim_trailing_whitespace = true
charset = utf-8
indent_style = tab
tab_width = 4

20
.gitignore vendored
View File

@@ -1,21 +1,3 @@
*~
devtools-*.tar.gz*
archbuild
archco
archrelease
bash_completion
checkpkg
commitpkg
finddeps
lddd
makechrootpkg
makerepropkg
mkarchroot
offload-build
rebuildpkgs
zsh_completion
find-libdeps
crossrepomove
arch-nspawn
sogrep
doc/*.1
/build/

44
.gitlab-ci.yml Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
image: "archlinux:latest"
stages:
- build
- test
build:
stage: build
needs: []
script:
- pacman -Syu --noconfirm m4 make openssh subversion rsync arch-install-scripts git bzr mercurial diffutils asciidoctor
- make PREFIX=/usr
- make PREFIX=/usr DESTDIR=build install
lint:
stage: test
needs: []
script:
- pacman -Syu --noconfirm m4 make openssh subversion rsync arch-install-scripts git bzr mercurial diffutils asciidoctor shellcheck
- make check || true
- SHELLCHECK_OPTS="-S error" make check
test:
stage: test
needs: []
script:
- pacman -Syu --noconfirm m4 make openssh subversion rsync arch-install-scripts git bzr mercurial diffutils coreutils asciidoctor shellcheck nvchecker bats
- make test BATS_EXTRA_ARGS='--formatter junit'
artifacts:
reports:
junit: build/coverage/bats-report.xml
coverage:
stage: test
needs: []
script:
- pacman -Syu --noconfirm m4 make openssh subversion rsync arch-install-scripts git bzr mercurial diffutils coreutils asciidoctor shellcheck nvchecker bats kcov jq
- make coverage
coverage: '/Percent covered\s+\d+\.\d+/'
artifacts:
reports:
coverage_report:
coverage_format: cobertura
path: build/coverage/bats.*/cobertura.xml

View File

@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
language: shell
sudo: required
services:
- docker
archlinux:
packages:
- openssh
- subversion
- rsync
- arch-install-scripts
- git
- bzr
- mercurial
- diffutils
- asciidoc
- shellcheck
script:
- sudo pacman -Syu --noconfirm --needed "${CONFIG_PACKAGES[@]}"
- make PREFIX=/usr
- make PREFIX=/usr DESTDIR="$(mktemp -d)" install
- make check || true
- SHELLCHECK_OPTS="-S error" make check
script: 'curl -s https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mikkeloscar/arch-travis/master/arch-travis.sh | bash'
# vim: ft=yaml ts=2 sw=2 et:

674
LICENSE Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 3, 29 June 2007
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <https://fsf.org/>
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
software and other kinds of works.
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
know their rights.
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
authors of previous versions.
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
0. Definitions.
"This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
"Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
works, such as semiconductor masks.
"The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
on the Program.
To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
public, and in some countries other activities as well.
To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
1. Source Code.
The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
form of a work.
A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
is widely used among developers working in that language.
The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
includes interface definition files associated with source files for
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
subprograms and other parts of the work.
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
Source.
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
same work.
2. Basic Permissions.
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
makes it unnecessary.
3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
measures.
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
technological measures.
4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
it, and giving a relevant date.
b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
released under this License and any conditions added under section
7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
"keep intact all notices".
c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
work need not make them do so.
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
parts of the aggregate.
6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
in one of these ways:
a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
customarily used for software interchange.
b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
with subsection 6b.
d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
charge under subsection 6d.
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
included in conveying the object code work.
A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
the only significant mode of use of the product.
"Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
modification has been made.
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
been installed in ROM).
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
protocols for communication across the network.
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
source code form), and must require no special password or key for
unpacking, reading or copying.
7. Additional Terms.
"Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
this License without regard to the additional permissions.
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
Notices displayed by works containing it; or
c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
authors of the material; or
e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
those licensors and authors.
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
governed by this License along with a term that is a further
restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
not survive such relicensing or conveying.
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
where to find the applicable terms.
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
the above requirements apply either way.
8. Termination.
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
paragraph of section 11).
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
prior to 60 days after the cessation.
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
your receipt of the notice.
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
material under section 10.
9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
11. Patents.
A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
this License.
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
propagate the contents of its contributor version.
In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
patent against the party.
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
country that you have reason to believe are valid.
If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
work and works based on it.
A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
combination as such.
14. Revised Versions of this License.
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
version or of any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
by the Free Software Foundation.
If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
to choose that version for the Program.
Later license versions may give you additional or different
permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
later version.
15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. Limitation of Liability.
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.
17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
copy of the Program in return for a fee.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
<program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
<https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
<https://www.gnu.org/licenses/why-not-lgpl.html>.

234
Makefile
View File

@@ -1,47 +1,32 @@
V=20200407
SHELL=/bin/bash -o pipefail
V=1.4.0
BUILDTOOLVER ?= $(V)
PREFIX = /usr/local
MANDIR = $(PREFIX)/share/man
DATADIR = $(PREFIX)/share/devtools
BUILDDIR = build
IN_PROGS = \
archco \
arch-nspawn \
archrelease \
archbuild \
checkpkg \
commitpkg \
crossrepomove\
finddeps \
find-libdeps \
lddd \
makerepropkg \
mkarchroot \
makechrootpkg \
offload-build \
rebuildpkgs \
sogrep
rwildcard=$(foreach d,$(wildcard $(1:=/*)),$(call rwildcard,$d,$2) $(filter $(subst *,%,$2),$d))
BINPROGS = \
$(IN_PROGS)
CONFIGFILES = \
makepkg-x86_64.conf \
pacman-extra.conf \
pacman-testing.conf \
pacman-staging.conf \
pacman-multilib.conf \
pacman-multilib-testing.conf \
pacman-multilib-staging.conf \
pacman-kde-unstable.conf \
pacman-gnome-unstable.conf
BINPROGS_SRC = $(wildcard src/*.in)
BINPROGS = $(addprefix $(BUILDDIR)/,$(patsubst src/%,bin/%,$(patsubst %.in,%,$(BINPROGS_SRC))))
LIBRARY_SRC = $(call rwildcard,src/lib,*.sh)
LIBRARY = $(addprefix $(BUILDDIR)/,$(patsubst src/%,%,$(patsubst %.in,%,$(LIBRARY_SRC))))
MAKEPKG_CONFIGS=$(wildcard config/makepkg/*)
PACMAN_CONFIGS=$(wildcard config/pacman/*)
GIT_CONFIGS = $(wildcard config/git/*)
SETARCH_ALIASES = $(wildcard config/setarch-aliases.d/*)
MANS = $(addprefix $(BUILDDIR)/,$(patsubst %.asciidoc,%,$(wildcard doc/man/*.asciidoc)))
DATA_FILES = $(wildcard data/*)
COMMITPKG_LINKS = \
core-testingpkg \
core-stagingpkg \
extrapkg \
testingpkg \
stagingpkg \
communitypkg \
community-testingpkg \
community-stagingpkg \
extra-testingpkg \
extra-stagingpkg \
multilibpkg \
multilib-testingpkg \
multilib-stagingpkg \
@@ -49,102 +34,165 @@ COMMITPKG_LINKS = \
gnome-unstablepkg
ARCHBUILD_LINKS = \
core-testing-x86_64-build \
core-testing-x86_64_v3-build \
core-staging-x86_64-build \
core-staging-x86_64_v3-build \
extra-x86_64-build \
testing-x86_64-build \
staging-x86_64-build \
extra-x86_64_v3-build \
extra-testing-x86_64-build \
extra-testing-x86_64_v3-build \
extra-staging-x86_64-build \
extra-staging-x86_64_v3-build \
multilib-build \
multilib-testing-build \
multilib-staging-build \
kde-unstable-x86_64-build \
gnome-unstable-x86_64-build
CROSSREPOMOVE_LINKS = \
extra2community \
community2extra
BASHCOMPLETION_LINKS = \
archco \
communityco
COMPLETIONS = $(addprefix $(BUILDDIR)/,$(patsubst %.in,%,$(wildcard contrib/completion/*/*)))
MANS = \
doc/lddd.1 \
doc/checkpkg.1 \
doc/offload-build.1 \
doc/sogrep.1 \
doc/makerepropkg.1 \
doc/mkarchroot.1 \
doc/find-libdeps.1 \
doc/find-libprovides.1
CASES ?= test/case
JOBS ?= $(shell nproc)
BATS_EXTRA_ARGS ?=
BATS_ARGS ?= --jobs $(JOBS) $(BATS_EXTRA_ARGS) --verbose-run
COVERAGE_DIR ?= $(BUILDDIR)/coverage
all: $(BINPROGS) bash_completion zsh_completion man
all: binprogs library conf completion man data
binprogs: $(BINPROGS)
library: $(LIBRARY)
completion: $(COMPLETIONS)
man: $(MANS)
edit = sed -e "s|@pkgdatadir[@]|$(PREFIX)/share/devtools|g"
%: %.in Makefile lib/common.sh
@echo "GEN $@"
@$(RM) "$@"
@{ echo -n 'm4_changequote([[[,]]])'; cat $@.in; } | m4 -P | $(edit) >$@
@chmod a-w "$@"
@chmod +x "$@"
@bash -O extglob -n "$@"
ifneq ($(wildcard *.in),)
$(error Legacy in prog file found: $(wildcard *.in) - please migrate to src/*)
endif
ifneq ($(wildcard pacman-*.conf),)
$(error Legacy pacman config file found: $(wildcard pacman-*.conf) - please migrate to config/pacman/*)
endif
ifneq ($(wildcard makepkg-*.conf),)
$(error Legacy makepkg config files found: $(wildcard makepkg-*.conf) - please migrate to config/makepkg/*)
endif
ifneq ($(wildcard setarch-aliases.d/*),)
$(error Legacy setarch aliase found: $(wildcard setarch-aliases.d/*) - please migrate to config/setarch-aliases.d/*)
endif
$(MANS): doc/asciidoc.conf doc/footer.asciidoc
doc/%: doc/%.asciidoc
a2x --no-xmllint --asciidoc-opts="-f doc/asciidoc.conf" -d manpage -f manpage -D doc $<
edit = sed \
-e "s|@pkgdatadir[@]|$(DATADIR)|g" \
-e "s|@buildtoolver[@]|$(BUILDTOOLVER)|g"
GEN_MSG = @echo "GEN $(patsubst $(BUILDDIR)/%,%,$@)"
define buildInScript
$(1)/%: $(2)%$(3)
$$(GEN_MSG)
@mkdir -p $$(dir $$@)
@$(RM) "$$@"
@cat $$< | $(edit) >$$@
@chmod $(4) "$$@"
@bash -O extglob -n "$$@"
endef
$(eval $(call buildInScript,build/bin,src/,.in,755))
$(eval $(call buildInScript,build/lib,src/lib/,,644))
$(foreach completion,$(wildcard contrib/completion/*),$(eval $(call buildInScript,build/$(completion),$(completion)/,.in,444)))
$(BUILDDIR)/doc/man/%: doc/man/%.asciidoc doc/man/include/footer.asciidoc
$(GEN_MSG)
@mkdir -p $(BUILDDIR)/doc/man
@asciidoctor --backend=manpage --destination-dir=$(BUILDDIR)/doc/man --attribute pkgdatadir=$(DATADIR) $<
conf:
@install -d $(BUILDDIR)/makepkg.conf.d
@cp -ra $(MAKEPKG_CONFIGS) $(BUILDDIR)/makepkg.conf.d
@install -d $(BUILDDIR)/pacman.conf.d
@cp -a $(PACMAN_CONFIGS) $(BUILDDIR)/pacman.conf.d
@install -d $(BUILDDIR)/git.conf.d
@cp -a $(GIT_CONFIGS) $(BUILDDIR)/git.conf.d
data:
@install -d $(BUILDDIR)/data
@cp -ra $(DATA_FILES) $(BUILDDIR)/data
clean:
rm -f $(IN_PROGS) bash_completion zsh_completion $(MANS)
rm -rf $(BUILDDIR)
install:
install: all
install -dm0755 $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/bin
install -dm0755 $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/share/devtools
install -dm0755 $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/setarch-aliases.d
install -dm0755 $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/makepkg.conf.d
install -dm0755 $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/pacman.conf.d
install -m0755 ${BINPROGS} $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/bin
install -m0644 ${CONFIGFILES} $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/share/devtools
install -dm0755 $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/lib
install -dm0755 $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/data
cp -ra $(BUILDDIR)/lib/* $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/lib
cp -a $(BUILDDIR)/git.conf.d -t $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)
cp -ra $(BUILDDIR)/makepkg.conf.d -t $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)
cp -ra $(BUILDDIR)/data -t $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)
for conf in $(notdir $(PACMAN_CONFIGS)); do install -Dm0644 $(BUILDDIR)/pacman.conf.d/$$conf $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/pacman.conf.d/$${conf##*/}; done
for a in ${SETARCH_ALIASES}; do install -m0644 $$a -t $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/setarch-aliases.d; done
for l in ${COMMITPKG_LINKS}; do ln -sf commitpkg $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/bin/$$l; done
for l in ${ARCHBUILD_LINKS}; do ln -sf archbuild $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/bin/$$l; done
for l in ${CROSSREPOMOVE_LINKS}; do ln -sf crossrepomove $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/bin/$$l; done
ln -sf find-libdeps $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/bin/find-libprovides
install -Dm0644 bash_completion $(DESTDIR)/usr/share/bash-completion/completions/devtools
for l in ${BASHCOMPLETION_LINKS}; do ln -sf devtools $(DESTDIR)/usr/share/bash-completion/completions/$$l; done
install -Dm0644 zsh_completion $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/share/zsh/site-functions/_devtools
ln -sf archco $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/bin/communityco
install -Dm0644 $(BUILDDIR)/contrib/completion/bash/devtools $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/share/bash-completion/completions/devtools
for f in $(notdir $(BINPROGS)); do ln -sf devtools $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/share/bash-completion/completions/$$f; done
install -Dm0644 $(BUILDDIR)/contrib/completion/zsh/_devtools $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/share/zsh/site-functions/_devtools
for manfile in $(MANS); do \
install -Dm644 $$manfile -t $(DESTDIR)$(MANDIR)/man$${manfile##*.}; \
done;
uninstall:
for f in ${BINPROGS}; do rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/bin/$$f; done
for f in ${CONFIGFILES}; do rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/share/devtools/$$f; done
for f in $(notdir $(BINPROGS)); do rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/bin/$$f; done
for f in $(notdir $(LIBRARY)); do rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/lib/$$f; done
rm -rf $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/lib
rm -rf $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/git.conf.d
rm -rf $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/makepkg.conf.d
rm -rf $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/data
for conf in $(notdir $(PACMAN_CONFIGS)); do rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/pacman.conf.d/$${conf##*/}; done
for f in $(notdir $(SETARCH_ALIASES)); do rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/setarch-aliases.d/$$f; done
for l in ${COMMITPKG_LINKS}; do rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/bin/$$l; done
for l in ${ARCHBUILD_LINKS}; do rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/bin/$$l; done
for l in ${CROSSREPOMOVE_LINKS}; do rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/bin/$$l; done
rm $(DESTDIR)/usr/share/bash-completion/completions/devtools
rm $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/share/zsh/site-functions/_devtools
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/bin/communityco
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/share/bash-completion/completions/devtools
for f in $(notdir $(BINPROGS)); do rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/share/bash-completion/completions/$$f; done
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/share/zsh/site-functions/_devtools
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(PREFIX)/bin/find-libprovides
for manfile in $(MANS); do \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(MANDIR)/man$${manfile##*.}/$${manfile#doc/}; \
done;
for manfile in $(notdir $(MANS)); do rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(MANDIR)/man$${manfile##*.}/$${manfile}; done;
rmdir --ignore-fail-on-non-empty \
$(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/setarch-aliases.d \
$(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/pacman.conf.d \
$(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)
TODAY=$(shell date +"%Y%m%d")
tag:
@sed -E "s|^V=[0-9]{8}|V=$(TODAY)|" -i Makefile
@git commit --gpg-sign --message "Version $(TODAY)" Makefile
@git tag --sign --message "Version $(TODAY)" $(TODAY)
git cliff --strip=all --unreleased
@echo "current version: v$(V)"
@read -r -p "tag version: v" VERSION && \
sed -E "s|^V=.+|V=$$VERSION|" -i Makefile && \
git commit --gpg-sign --message "chore(release): version v$$VERSION" Makefile && \
git tag --sign --message "Version v$$VERSION" v$$VERSION
release: dist
git push --tags origin master
git cliff --version >/dev/null
GITLAB_HOST=gitlab.archlinux.org glab release create v$(V) devtools-$(V).tar.gz* --milestone v$(V) --notes-file <(git cliff --strip=all --latest)
dist:
git archive --format=tar --prefix=devtools-$(V)/ $(V) | gzip -9 > devtools-$(V).tar.gz
git archive --format=tar --prefix=devtools-$(V)/ v$(V) | gzip > devtools-$(V).tar.gz
gpg --detach-sign --use-agent devtools-$(V).tar.gz
upload:
scp devtools-$(V).tar.gz devtools-$(V).tar.gz.sig repos.archlinux.org:/srv/ftp/other/devtools/
test: binprogs library conf completion man
@mkdir -p $(COVERAGE_DIR)
bats $(BATS_ARGS) $(CASES) | tee $(COVERAGE_DIR)/bats-report.xml
check: $(BINPROGS) bash_completion makepkg-x86_64.conf PKGBUILD.proto
coverage: binprogs library conf completion man
kcov --include-path=src $(COVERAGE_DIR) bats $(BATS_ARGS) $(CASES)
jq -r '. | ["Percent covered", .percent_covered], ["Covered lines", .covered_lines], ["Total lines", .total_lines], ["Percent low", .percent_low], ["Percent high", .percent_high] | @tsv' \
$(COVERAGE_DIR)/bats.*/coverage.json
check: $(BINPROGS_SRC) $(LIBRARY_SRC) contrib/completion/bash/devtools.in config/makepkg/x86_64.conf contrib/makepkg/PKGBUILD.proto
shellcheck $^
.PHONY: all clean install uninstall dist upload check tag
.PHONY: all binprogs library completion conf man data clean install uninstall tag dist upload test coverage check
.DELETE_ON_ERROR:

View File

@@ -3,15 +3,52 @@
This repository contains tools for the Arch Linux distribution for building
and maintaining official repository packages.
## Patches
## Building
Patches can be send to arch-projects@archlinux.org or via a pull request on
Github. When sending patches to the mailing list make sure to set a valid
subjectprefix otherwise the email is denied by mailman. Git can be configured
as following.
When building official distro packages the `BUILDTOOLVER` needs to be set to the
exact label of the release package in order to allow to detect the exactly used
devtools version. This is required for reproducible builds to fetch the according
files like `makepkg.conf`.
```sh
BUILDTOOLVER="${pkgver}-${pkgrel}-${arch}" make all
```
## Development
For local development testing, there is a convenience wrapper for `pkgctl` that
will automatically build the project and proxy all calls to the local build directory:
```sh
./test/bin/pkgctl --help
```
### Commit messages
All commits must follow [conventional commits](https://www.conventionalcommits.org).
The following groups are allowed:
- chore
- feat
- fix
- doc
- perf
- test
To override the scope for the changelog entry use the `Component:` trailer.
Example:
```
git config format.subjectprefix 'devtools] [PATCH'
feat(db): yay mega cool feature
Very long and useful description.
Fixes #1
Fixes #2
Component: pkgctl db remove
```
## Releasing
@@ -22,3 +59,50 @@ git config format.subjectprefix 'devtools] [PATCH'
4. Push changes
5. Upload the source tarball with ```make dist upload```
6. Update the package
## Dependencies
### Runtime Dependencies
- arch-install-scripts
- awk
- bash
- binutils
- coreutils
- curl
- diffutils
- expac
- fakeroot
- findutils
- glow
- grep
- gum
- jq
- ncurses
- openssh
- parallel
- rsync
- sed
- systemd
- util-linux
- bzr
- git
- mercurial
- subversion
### Optional Dependencies
- bat (pretty printing)
- nvchecker (version checking)
- reuse (license compliance)
### Development Dependencies
- asciidoctor
- make
- shellcheck
- bats
## License
Devtools is licensed under the terms of the **GPL-3.0-or-later** (see [LICENSE](LICENSE)).

View File

@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/bash
# License: Unspecified
m4_include(lib/common.sh)
scriptname=${0##*/}
if [[ -z $1 ]]; then
printf 'Usage: %s <package name>...\n' "$scriptname"
exit 1
fi
case $scriptname in
archco)
SVNURL="svn+ssh://svn-packages@repos.archlinux.org/srv/repos/svn-packages/svn";;
communityco)
SVNURL="svn+ssh://svn-community@repos.archlinux.org/srv/repos/svn-community/svn";;
*)
die "Couldn't find svn url for %s" "$scriptname"
;;
esac
for i in "$@"; do
svn co "$SVNURL/$i"
done

View File

@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/bash
# License: Unspecified
m4_include(lib/common.sh)
m4_include(lib/valid-tags.sh)
# parse command line options
FORCE=
while getopts ':f' flag; do
case $flag in
f) FORCE=1 ;;
:) die "Option requires an argument -- '%s'" "$OPTARG" ;;
\?) die "Invalid option -- '%s'" "$OPTARG" ;;
esac
done
shift $(( OPTIND - 1 ))
if ! (( $# )); then
echo 'Usage: archrelease [-f] <repo>...'
exit 1
fi
# validate repo is really repo-arch
if [[ -z $FORCE ]]; then
for tag in "$@"; do
if ! in_array "$tag" "${_tags[@]}"; then
die "archrelease: Invalid tag: '%s' (use -f to force release)" "$tag"
fi
done
fi
if [[ ! -f PKGBUILD ]]; then
die 'archrelease: PKGBUILD not found'
fi
trunk=${PWD##*/}
# Normally this should be trunk, but it may be something
# such as 'gnome-unstable'
IFS='/' read -r -d '' -a parts <<< "$PWD"
if [[ "${parts[*]:(-2):1}" == "repos" ]]; then
die 'archrelease: Should not be in repos dir (try from trunk/)'
fi
unset parts
if [[ $(svn status -q) ]]; then
die 'archrelease: You have not committed your changes yet!'
fi
pushd .. >/dev/null
mapfile -t known_files < <(svn ls -r HEAD "$trunk")
wait $! || die "failed to discover committed files"
for file in "${known_files[@]}"; do
if [[ ${file:(-1)} = '/' ]]; then
die "archrelease: subdirectories are not supported in package directories!"
fi
done
# gracefully handle files containing an "@" character
known_files=("${known_files[@]/%/@}")
# update repo directory first to avoid a commit failure
svn up repos
for tag in "$@"; do
stat_busy "Copying %s to %s" "${trunk}" "${tag}"
if [[ -d repos/$tag ]]; then
mapfile -t trash < <(svn ls "repos/$tag")
wait $! || die "failed to discover existing files"
if (( ${#trash[@]} )); then
trash=("${trash[@]/#/repos/$tag/}")
svn rm -q "${trash[@]/%/@}"
fi
else
mkdir -p "repos/$tag"
svn add --parents -q "repos/$tag"
fi
# copy all files at once from trunk to the subdirectory in repos/
svn copy -q -r HEAD "${known_files[@]/#/$trunk/}" "repos/$tag/"
stat_done
done
stat_busy "Releasing package"
printf -v tag_list ", %s" "$@"; tag_list="${tag_list#, }"
svn commit -q -m "archrelease: copy ${trunk} to $tag_list" || abort
stat_done
popd >/dev/null

View File

@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
#!/hint/bash
# License: Unspecified
_devtools_compgen() {
local i r
COMPREPLY=($(compgen -W '$*' -- "$cur"))
for ((i=1; i < ${#COMP_WORDS[@]}-1; i++)); do
for r in "${!COMPREPLY[@]}"; do
if [[ ${COMP_WORDS[i]} = "${COMPREPLY[r]}" ]]; then
unset 'COMPREPLY[r]'; break
fi
done
done
}
_archco_pkg() {
_devtools_compgen "$(
command pacman "-$1"
)"
}
_archco() {
local cur prev
COMPREPLY=()
cur=$(_get_cword)
prev=${COMP_WORDS[COMP_CWORD-1]}
_archco_pkg Slq
true
} &&
complete -F _archco archco communityco
_makechrootpkg() {
local cur
COMPREPLY=()
_get_comp_words_by_ref cur
case $cur in
-*)
COMPREPLY=( $( compgen -W '-I -c -h -l -r -u' -- "$cur" ) )
;;
*)
_filedir
return 0
;;
esac
true
} &&
complete -F _makechrootpkg makechrootpkg
_mkarchroot() {
local cur
COMPREPLY=()
_get_comp_words_by_ref cur
case $cur in
-*)
COMPREPLY=( $( compgen -W '-C -M -c -h' -- "$cur" ) )
;;
*)
_filedir
return 0
;;
esac
true
} &&
complete -F _mkarchroot mkarchroot
_arch-nspawn() {
local cur
COMPREPLY=()
_get_comp_words_by_ref cur
case $cur in
-*)
COMPREPLY=( $( compgen -W '-C -M -c -h' -- "$cur" ) )
;;
*)
_filedir
return 0
;;
esac
true
} &&
complete -F _arch-nspawn arch-nspawn
# ex:et ts=2 sw=2 ft=sh

45
cliff.toml Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
[changelog]
header = "# Changelog\n\n"
body = """
{%- if version -%}
## [{{ version | trim_start_matches(pat="v") }}] - {{ timestamp | date(format="%Y-%m-%d") }}
{%- else -%}
## [unreleased]
{%- endif %}
{% for group, commits in commits | group_by(attribute="group") %}
### {{ group | upper_first }}
{% for commit in commits | sort(attribute="message") %}
- {% set component = commit.footers | filter(attribute="token", value="Component") | map(attribute="value") | join(sep=", ") %}
{%- if component %}{{ component }}: {% elif commit.scope %}{{ commit.scope }}: {% endif %}
{{- commit.message | upper_first }}
{%- if commit.breaking %} (breaking){% endif %}
{%- set fixes = commit.footers | filter(attribute="token", value="Fixes") %}
{%- for fix in fixes %}{% if fix.separator|trim == '#' %}{{ fix.separator }}{{ fix.value }}{% endif %}{% endfor %}
{%- endfor %}
{% endfor %}
"""
footer = ""
# remove the leading and trailing whitespaces from the template
trim = true
[git]
# allow only conventional commits
# https://www.conventionalcommits.org
conventional_commits = true
# regex for parsing and grouping commits
commit_parsers = [
{ message = "^chore\\(release\\): version", skip = true},
{ message = "^feat", group = "Features"},
{ message = "^fix", group = "Bug Fixes"},
{ message = "^doc", group = "Documentation"},
{ message = "^perf", group = "Performance"},
{ message = "^test", group = "Testing"},
{ message = "^chore", group = "Miscellaneous Tasks"},
{ body = ".*security", group = "Security"},
]
# filter out the commits that are not matched by commit parsers
filter_commits = false
# regex for matching git tags
tag_pattern = "^v[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+.*"

View File

@@ -1,214 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/bash
# License: Unspecified
m4_include(lib/common.sh)
# Source makepkg.conf; fail if it is not found
if [[ -r '/etc/makepkg.conf' ]]; then
# shellcheck source=makepkg-x86_64.conf
source '/etc/makepkg.conf'
else
die '/etc/makepkg.conf not found!'
fi
# Source user-specific makepkg.conf overrides
if [[ -r "${XDG_CONFIG_HOME:-$HOME/.config}/pacman/makepkg.conf" ]]; then
# shellcheck source=/dev/null
source "${XDG_CONFIG_HOME:-$HOME/.config}/pacman/makepkg.conf"
elif [[ -r "$HOME/.makepkg.conf" ]]; then
# shellcheck source=/dev/null
source "$HOME/.makepkg.conf"
fi
cmd=${0##*/}
if [[ ! -f PKGBUILD ]]; then
die 'No PKGBUILD file'
fi
source=()
# shellcheck source=PKGBUILD.proto
. ./PKGBUILD
pkgbase=${pkgbase:-$pkgname}
case "$cmd" in
commitpkg)
if (( $# == 0 )); then
die 'Usage: commitpkg <reponame> [-f] [-s server] [-l limit] [-a arch] [commit message]'
fi
repo="$1"
shift
;;
*pkg)
repo="${cmd%pkg}"
;;
*)
die 'Usage: commitpkg <reponame> [-f] [-s server] [-l limit] [-a arch] [commit message]'
;;
esac
# find files which should be under source control
needsversioning=()
for s in "${source[@]}"; do
[[ $s != *://* ]] && needsversioning+=("$s")
done
for i in 'changelog' 'install'; do
while read -r file; do
# evaluate any bash variables used
eval "file=\"$(sed "s/^\(['\"]\)\(.*\)\1\$/\2/" <<< "$file")\""
needsversioning+=("$file")
done < <(sed -n "s/^[[:space:]]*$i=//p" PKGBUILD)
done
# assert that they really are controlled by SVN
if (( ${#needsversioning[*]} )); then
# svn status's output is only two columns when the status is unknown
while read -r status filename; do
[[ $status = '?' ]] && unversioned+=("$filename")
done < <(svn status -v "${needsversioning[@]}")
(( ${#unversioned[*]} )) && die "%s is not under version control" "${unversioned[@]}"
fi
rsyncopts=(-e ssh -p '--chmod=ug=rw,o=r' -c -h -L --progress --partial -y)
archreleaseopts=()
while getopts ':l:a:s:f' flag; do
case $flag in
f) archreleaseopts+=('-f') ;;
s) server=$OPTARG ;;
l) rsyncopts+=("--bwlimit=$OPTARG") ;;
a) commit_arch=$OPTARG ;;
:) die "Option requires an argument -- '%s'" "$OPTARG" ;;
\?) die "Invalid option -- '%s'" "$OPTARG" ;;
esac
done
shift $(( OPTIND - 1 ))
# check packages for validity
for _arch in "${arch[@]}"; do
if [[ -n $commit_arch && ${_arch} != "$commit_arch" ]]; then
continue
fi
for _pkgname in "${pkgname[@]}"; do
fullver=$(get_full_version "$_pkgname")
if pkgfile=$(find_cached_package "$_pkgname" "$fullver" "$_arch"); then
if grep -q "packager = Unknown Packager" <(bsdtar -xOqf "$pkgfile" .PKGINFO); then
die "PACKAGER was not set when building package"
fi
hashsum=sha256sum
pkgbuild_hash=$(awk -v"hashsum=$hashsum" -F' = ' '$1 == "pkgbuild_"hashsum {print $2}' <(bsdtar -xOqf "$pkgfile" .BUILDINFO))
if [[ "$pkgbuild_hash" != "$($hashsum PKGBUILD|cut -d' ' -f1)" ]]; then
die "PKGBUILD $hashsum mismatch: expected $pkgbuild_hash"
fi
fi
done
done
if [[ -z $server ]]; then
server='repos.archlinux.org'
fi
if [[ -n $(svn status -q) ]]; then
msgtemplate="upgpkg: $pkgbase $(get_full_version)"
if [[ -n $1 ]]; then
stat_busy 'Committing changes to trunk'
svn commit -q -m "${msgtemplate}: ${1}" || die
stat_done
else
msgfile="$(mktemp)"
echo "$msgtemplate" > "$msgfile"
if [[ -n $SVN_EDITOR ]]; then
$SVN_EDITOR "$msgfile"
elif [[ -n $VISUAL ]]; then
$VISUAL "$msgfile"
elif [[ -n $EDITOR ]]; then
$EDITOR "$msgfile"
else
vi "$msgfile"
fi
[[ -s $msgfile ]] || die
stat_busy 'Committing changes to trunk'
svn commit -q -F "$msgfile" || die
unlink "$msgfile"
stat_done
fi
fi
declare -a uploads
declare -a commit_arches
declare -a skip_arches
for _arch in "${arch[@]}"; do
if [[ -n $commit_arch && ${_arch} != "$commit_arch" ]]; then
skip_arches+=("$_arch")
continue
fi
for _pkgname in "${pkgname[@]}"; do
fullver=$(get_full_version "$_pkgname")
if ! pkgfile=$(find_cached_package "$_pkgname" "$fullver" "${_arch}"); then
warning "Skipping %s: failed to locate package file" "$_pkgname-$fullver-$_arch"
skip_arches+=("$_arch")
continue 2
fi
uploads+=("$pkgfile")
sigfile="${pkgfile}.sig"
if [[ ! -f $sigfile ]]; then
msg "Signing package %s..." "${pkgfile}"
if [[ -n $GPGKEY ]]; then
SIGNWITHKEY=(-u "${GPGKEY}")
fi
gpg --detach-sign --use-agent --no-armor "${SIGNWITHKEY[@]}" "${pkgfile}" || die
fi
if ! gpg --verify "$sigfile" "$pkgfile" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
die "Signature %s is incorrect!" "$sigfile"
fi
uploads+=("$sigfile")
done
done
for _arch in "${arch[@]}"; do
if ! in_array "$_arch" "${skip_arches[@]}"; then
commit_arches+=("$_arch")
fi
done
if [[ ${#commit_arches[*]} -gt 0 ]]; then
archrelease "${archreleaseopts[@]}" "${commit_arches[@]/#/$repo-}" || die
fi
if [[ ${#uploads[*]} -gt 0 ]]; then
new_uploads=()
# convert to absolute paths so rsync can work with colons (epoch)
while read -r -d '' upload; do
new_uploads+=("$upload")
done < <(realpath -z "${uploads[@]}")
uploads=("${new_uploads[@]}")
unset new_uploads
msg 'Uploading all package and signature files'
rsync "${rsyncopts[@]}" "${uploads[@]}" "$server:staging/$repo/" || die
fi
if [[ "${arch[*]}" == 'any' ]]; then
if [[ -d ../repos/$repo-x86_64 ]]; then
pushd ../repos/ >/dev/null
stat_busy "Removing %s" "$repo-x86_64"
svn rm -q "$repo-x86_64"
svn commit -q -m "Removed $repo-x86_64 for $pkgname"
stat_done
popd >/dev/null
fi
else
if [[ -d ../repos/$repo-any ]]; then
pushd ../repos/ >/dev/null
stat_busy "Removing %s" "$repo-any"
svn rm -q "$repo-any"
svn commit -q -m "Removed $repo-any for $pkgname"
stat_done
popd >/dev/null
fi
fi

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
#!/bin/sh

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
#!/bin/sh

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
#!/bin/sh

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
#!/bin/sh

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
#!/bin/sh

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
#!/bin/sh

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
#!/bin/sh

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
#!/bin/sh

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
#!/bin/sh

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
#!/bin/sh

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
#!/bin/sh

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
#!/bin/sh

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
/pkg
/src
/*/
!/keys/
!/LICENSES/
/*.log
/*.tar.*
/*.tar
/*.tgz
/*.zst
/*.gz
/*.xz
/*.bz2
/*.zip
/*.xpi
/*.jar
/*.whl
/*.war
/*.deb
/*.ttf
/*.dat
/*.iso
/*.asc
/*.sig
/*.signature
/*.sign
/*.SHA256SUMS
/*.sha256

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
#!/hint/bash
# shellcheck disable=2034
#
# /etc/makepkg.conf.d/fortran.conf
#
#########################################################################
# FORTRAN LANGUAGE SUPPORT
#########################################################################
# Flags used for the Fortran compiler, similar in spirit to CFLAGS. Read
# linkman:gfortran[1] for more details on the available flags.
FFLAGS="-march=x86-64 -mtune=generic -O2 -pipe -fno-plt \
-Wp,-D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=3 -fstack-clash-protection -fcf-protection \
-fno-omit-frame-pointer -mno-omit-leaf-frame-pointer"
FCFLAGS="$FFLAGS"
# Additional compiler flags appended to `FFLAGS` and `FCFLAGS` for use in debugging. Usually
# this would include: ``-g''. Read linkman:gfortran[1] for more details on the wide
# variety of compiler flags available.
DEBUG_FFLAGS="-g"

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
#!/hint/bash
# shellcheck disable=2034
#
# /etc/makepkg.conf.d/rust.conf
#
#########################################################################
# RUST LANGUAGE SUPPORT
#########################################################################
# Flags used for the Rust compiler, similar in spirit to CFLAGS. Read
# linkman:rustc[1] for more details on the available flags.
RUSTFLAGS="-C force-frame-pointers=yes"
# Additional compiler flags appended to `RUSTFLAGS` for use in debugging.
# Usually this would include: ``-C debuginfo=2''. Read linkman:rustc[1] for
# more details on the available flags.
DEBUG_RUSTFLAGS="-C debuginfo=2"

View File

@@ -11,10 +11,10 @@
#
#-- The download utilities that makepkg should use to acquire sources
# Format: 'protocol::agent'
DLAGENTS=('file::/usr/bin/curl -gqC - -o %o %u'
'ftp::/usr/bin/curl -gqfC - --ftp-pasv --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
'http::/usr/bin/curl -gqb "" -fLC - --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
'https::/usr/bin/curl -gqb "" -fLC - --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
DLAGENTS=('file::/usr/bin/curl -qgC - -o %o %u'
'ftp::/usr/bin/curl -qgfC - --ftp-pasv --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
'http::/usr/bin/curl -qgb "" -fLC - --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
'https::/usr/bin/curl -qgb "" -fLC - --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
'rsync::/usr/bin/rsync --no-motd -z %u %o'
'scp::/usr/bin/scp -C %u %o')
@@ -25,7 +25,8 @@ DLAGENTS=('file::/usr/bin/curl -gqC - -o %o %u'
#-- The package required by makepkg to download VCS sources
# Format: 'protocol::package'
VCSCLIENTS=('bzr::bzr'
VCSCLIENTS=('bzr::breezy'
'fossil::fossil'
'git::git'
'hg::mercurial'
'svn::subversion')
@@ -38,21 +39,26 @@ CARCH="x86_64"
CHOST="x86_64-pc-linux-gnu"
#-- Compiler and Linker Flags
CPPFLAGS="-D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2"
CFLAGS="-march=x86-64 -mtune=generic -O2 -pipe -fno-plt"
CXXFLAGS="-march=x86-64 -mtune=generic -O2 -pipe -fno-plt"
LDFLAGS="-Wl,-O1,--sort-common,--as-needed,-z,relro,-z,now"
#CPPFLAGS=""
CFLAGS="-march=x86-64 -mtune=generic -O2 -pipe -fno-plt -fexceptions \
-Wp,-D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=3 -Wformat -Werror=format-security \
-fstack-clash-protection -fcf-protection \
-fno-omit-frame-pointer -mno-omit-leaf-frame-pointer"
CXXFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wp,-D_GLIBCXX_ASSERTIONS"
LDFLAGS="-Wl,-O1 -Wl,--sort-common -Wl,--as-needed -Wl,-z,relro -Wl,-z,now \
-Wl,-z,pack-relative-relocs"
LTOFLAGS="-flto=auto"
#-- Make Flags: change this for DistCC/SMP systems
#MAKEFLAGS="-j2"
#-- Debugging flags
DEBUG_CFLAGS="-g -fvar-tracking-assignments"
DEBUG_CXXFLAGS="-g -fvar-tracking-assignments"
DEBUG_CFLAGS="-g"
DEBUG_CXXFLAGS="$DEBUG_CFLAGS"
#########################################################################
# BUILD ENVIRONMENT
#########################################################################
#
# Defaults: BUILDENV=(!distcc !color !ccache check !sign)
# Makepkg defaults: BUILDENV=(!distcc !color !ccache check !sign)
# A negated environment option will do the opposite of the comments below.
#
#-- distcc: Use the Distributed C/C++/ObjC compiler
@@ -75,7 +81,7 @@ BUILDENV=(!distcc color !ccache check !sign)
# These are default values for the options=() settings
#########################################################################
#
# Default: OPTIONS=(!strip docs libtool staticlibs emptydirs !zipman !purge !debug)
# Makepkg defaults: OPTIONS=(!strip docs libtool staticlibs emptydirs !zipman !purge !debug !lto !autodeps)
# A negated option will do the opposite of the comments below.
#
#-- strip: Strip symbols from binaries/libraries
@@ -86,11 +92,13 @@ BUILDENV=(!distcc color !ccache check !sign)
#-- zipman: Compress manual (man and info) pages in MAN_DIRS with gzip
#-- purge: Remove files specified by PURGE_TARGETS
#-- debug: Add debugging flags as specified in DEBUG_* variables
#-- lto: Add compile flags for building with link time optimization
#-- autodeps: Automatically add depends/provides
#
OPTIONS=(strip docs !libtool !staticlibs emptydirs zipman purge !debug)
OPTIONS=(strip docs !libtool !staticlibs emptydirs zipman purge debug lto)
#-- File integrity checks to use. Valid: md5, sha1, sha256, sha384, sha512
INTEGRITY_CHECK=(md5)
#-- File integrity checks to use. Valid: md5, sha1, sha224, sha256, sha384, sha512, b2
INTEGRITY_CHECK=(sha256)
#-- Options to be used when stripping binaries. See `man strip' for details.
STRIP_BINARIES="--strip-all"
#-- Options to be used when stripping shared libraries. See `man strip' for details.
@@ -105,6 +113,8 @@ DOC_DIRS=(usr/{,local/}{,share/}{doc,gtk-doc} opt/*/{doc,gtk-doc})
PURGE_TARGETS=(usr/{,share}/info/dir .packlist *.pod)
#-- Directory to store source code in for debug packages
DBGSRCDIR="/usr/src/debug"
#-- Prefix and directories for library autodeps
LIB_DIRS=('lib:usr/lib' 'lib32:usr/lib32')
#########################################################################
# PACKAGE OUTPUT
@@ -146,4 +156,10 @@ COMPRESSLZ=(lzip -c -f)
PKGEXT='.pkg.tar.zst'
SRCEXT='.src.tar.gz'
#########################################################################
# OTHER
#########################################################################
#
#-- Command used to run pacman as root, instead of trying sudo and su
#PACMAN_AUTH=()
# vim: set ft=sh ts=2 sw=2 et:

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
../conf.d/fortran.conf

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
../conf.d/rust.conf

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
#!/hint/bash
# shellcheck disable=2034
#
# /etc/makepkg.conf
#
#########################################################################
# SOURCE ACQUISITION
#########################################################################
#
#-- The download utilities that makepkg should use to acquire sources
# Format: 'protocol::agent'
DLAGENTS=('file::/usr/bin/curl -qgC - -o %o %u'
'ftp::/usr/bin/curl -qgfC - --ftp-pasv --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
'http::/usr/bin/curl -qgb "" -fLC - --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
'https::/usr/bin/curl -qgb "" -fLC - --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
'rsync::/usr/bin/rsync --no-motd -z %u %o'
'scp::/usr/bin/scp -C %u %o')
# Other common tools:
# /usr/bin/snarf
# /usr/bin/lftpget -c
# /usr/bin/wget
#-- The package required by makepkg to download VCS sources
# Format: 'protocol::package'
VCSCLIENTS=('bzr::breezy'
'fossil::fossil'
'git::git'
'hg::mercurial'
'svn::subversion')
#########################################################################
# ARCHITECTURE, COMPILE FLAGS
#########################################################################
#
CARCH="x86_64_v3"
CHOST="x86_64-pc-linux-gnu"
#-- Compiler and Linker Flags
#CPPFLAGS=""
CFLAGS="-march=x86-64-v3 -mtune=generic -O2 -pipe -fno-plt -fexceptions \
-Wp,-D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=3 -Wformat -Werror=format-security \
-fstack-clash-protection -fcf-protection \
-fno-omit-frame-pointer -mno-omit-leaf-frame-pointer"
CXXFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wp,-D_GLIBCXX_ASSERTIONS"
LDFLAGS="-Wl,-O1 -Wl,--sort-common -Wl,--as-needed -Wl,-z,relro -Wl,-z,now \
-Wl,-z,pack-relative-relocs"
LTOFLAGS="-flto=auto"
#-- Make Flags: change this for DistCC/SMP systems
#MAKEFLAGS="-j2"
#-- Debugging flags
DEBUG_CFLAGS="-g"
DEBUG_CXXFLAGS="$DEBUG_CFLAGS"
#########################################################################
# BUILD ENVIRONMENT
#########################################################################
#
# Makepkg defaults: BUILDENV=(!distcc !color !ccache check !sign)
# A negated environment option will do the opposite of the comments below.
#
#-- distcc: Use the Distributed C/C++/ObjC compiler
#-- color: Colorize output messages
#-- ccache: Use ccache to cache compilation
#-- check: Run the check() function if present in the PKGBUILD
#-- sign: Generate PGP signature file
#
BUILDENV=(!distcc color !ccache check !sign)
#
#-- If using DistCC, your MAKEFLAGS will also need modification. In addition,
#-- specify a space-delimited list of hosts running in the DistCC cluster.
#DISTCC_HOSTS=""
#
#-- Specify a directory for package building.
#BUILDDIR=/tmp/makepkg
#########################################################################
# GLOBAL PACKAGE OPTIONS
# These are default values for the options=() settings
#########################################################################
#
# Makepkg defaults: OPTIONS=(!strip docs libtool staticlibs emptydirs !zipman !purge !debug !lto !autodeps)
# A negated option will do the opposite of the comments below.
#
#-- strip: Strip symbols from binaries/libraries
#-- docs: Save doc directories specified by DOC_DIRS
#-- libtool: Leave libtool (.la) files in packages
#-- staticlibs: Leave static library (.a) files in packages
#-- emptydirs: Leave empty directories in packages
#-- zipman: Compress manual (man and info) pages in MAN_DIRS with gzip
#-- purge: Remove files specified by PURGE_TARGETS
#-- debug: Add debugging flags as specified in DEBUG_* variables
#-- lto: Add compile flags for building with link time optimization
#-- autodeps: Automatically add depends/provides
#
OPTIONS=(strip docs !libtool !staticlibs emptydirs zipman purge debug lto)
#-- File integrity checks to use. Valid: md5, sha1, sha224, sha256, sha384, sha512, b2
INTEGRITY_CHECK=(sha256)
#-- Options to be used when stripping binaries. See `man strip' for details.
STRIP_BINARIES="--strip-all"
#-- Options to be used when stripping shared libraries. See `man strip' for details.
STRIP_SHARED="--strip-unneeded"
#-- Options to be used when stripping static libraries. See `man strip' for details.
STRIP_STATIC="--strip-debug"
#-- Manual (man and info) directories to compress (if zipman is specified)
MAN_DIRS=({usr{,/local}{,/share},opt/*}/{man,info})
#-- Doc directories to remove (if !docs is specified)
DOC_DIRS=(usr/{,local/}{,share/}{doc,gtk-doc} opt/*/{doc,gtk-doc})
#-- Files to be removed from all packages (if purge is specified)
PURGE_TARGETS=(usr/{,share}/info/dir .packlist *.pod)
#-- Directory to store source code in for debug packages
DBGSRCDIR="/usr/src/debug"
#-- Prefix and directories for library autodeps
LIB_DIRS=('lib:usr/lib' 'lib32:usr/lib32')
#########################################################################
# PACKAGE OUTPUT
#########################################################################
#
# Default: put built package and cached source in build directory
#
#-- Destination: specify a fixed directory where all packages will be placed
#PKGDEST=/home/packages
#-- Source cache: specify a fixed directory where source files will be cached
#SRCDEST=/home/sources
#-- Source packages: specify a fixed directory where all src packages will be placed
#SRCPKGDEST=/home/srcpackages
#-- Log files: specify a fixed directory where all log files will be placed
#LOGDEST=/home/makepkglogs
#-- Packager: name/email of the person or organization building packages
#PACKAGER="John Doe <john@doe.com>"
#-- Specify a key to use for package signing
#GPGKEY=""
#########################################################################
# COMPRESSION DEFAULTS
#########################################################################
#
COMPRESSGZ=(gzip -c -f -n)
COMPRESSBZ2=(bzip2 -c -f)
COMPRESSXZ=(xz -c -z -)
COMPRESSZST=(zstd -c -T0 --ultra -20 -)
COMPRESSLRZ=(lrzip -q)
COMPRESSLZO=(lzop -q)
COMPRESSZ=(compress -c -f)
COMPRESSLZ4=(lz4 -q)
COMPRESSLZ=(lzip -c -f)
#########################################################################
# EXTENSION DEFAULTS
#########################################################################
#
PKGEXT='.pkg.tar.zst'
SRCEXT='.src.tar.gz'
#########################################################################
# OTHER
#########################################################################
#
#-- Command used to run pacman as root, instead of trying sudo and su
#PACMAN_AUTH=()
# vim: set ft=sh ts=2 sw=2 et:

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
../conf.d/fortran.conf

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
../conf.d/rust.conf

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
#
# /etc/pacman.conf
#
# See the pacman.conf(5) manpage for option and repository directives
#
# GENERAL OPTIONS
#
[options]
# The following paths are commented out with their default values listed.
# If you wish to use different paths, uncomment and update the paths.
#RootDir = /
#DBPath = /var/lib/pacman/
#CacheDir = /var/cache/pacman/pkg/
#LogFile = /var/log/pacman.log
#GPGDir = /etc/pacman.d/gnupg/
#HookDir = /etc/pacman.d/hooks/
HoldPkg = pacman glibc
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -L -C - -f -o %o %u
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/wget --passive-ftp -c -O %o %u
#CleanMethod = KeepInstalled
Architecture = x86_64_v3 x86_64
# Pacman won't upgrade packages listed in IgnorePkg and members of IgnoreGroup
#IgnorePkg =
#IgnoreGroup =
#NoUpgrade =
#NoExtract =
# Misc options
#UseSyslog
#Color
NoProgressBar
# We cannot check disk space from within a chroot environment
#CheckSpace
VerbosePkgLists
ParallelDownloads = 5
DownloadUser = alpm
#DisableSandbox
# By default, pacman accepts packages signed by keys that its local keyring
# trusts (see pacman-key and its man page), as well as unsigned packages.
SigLevel = Required DatabaseOptional
LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
#RemoteFileSigLevel = Required
# NOTE: You must run `pacman-key --init` before first using pacman; the local
# keyring can then be populated with the keys of all official Arch Linux
# packagers with `pacman-key --populate archlinux`.
#
# REPOSITORIES
# - can be defined here or included from another file
# - pacman will search repositories in the order defined here
# - local/custom mirrors can be added here or in separate files
# - repositories listed first will take precedence when packages
# have identical names, regardless of version number
# - URLs will have $repo replaced by the name of the current repo
# - URLs will have $arch replaced by the name of the architecture
#
# Repository entries are of the format:
# [repo-name]
# Server = ServerName
# Include = IncludePath
#
# The header [repo-name] is crucial - it must be present and
# uncommented to enable the repo.
#
# The testing repositories are disabled by default. To enable, uncomment the
# repo name header and Include lines. You can add preferred servers immediately
# after the header, and they will be used before the default mirrors.
[core-staging]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-staging]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# An example of a custom package repository. See the pacman manpage for
# tips on creating your own repositories.
#[custom]
#SigLevel = Optional TrustAll
#Server = file:///home/custompkgs

View File

@@ -31,10 +31,13 @@ Architecture = auto
# Misc options
#UseSyslog
#Color
#TotalDownload
NoProgressBar
# We cannot check disk space from within a chroot environment
#CheckSpace
#VerbosePkgLists
VerbosePkgLists
ParallelDownloads = 5
DownloadUser = alpm
#DisableSandbox
# By default, pacman accepts packages signed by keys that its local keyring
# trusts (see pacman-key and its man page), as well as unsigned packages.
@@ -69,27 +72,24 @@ LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
# repo name header and Include lines. You can add preferred servers immediately
# after the header, and they will be used before the default mirrors.
[staging]
[core-staging]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[testing]
[core-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-staging]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[community-staging]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[community-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[community]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# An example of a custom package repository. See the pacman manpage for
# tips on creating your own repositories.
#[custom]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
#
# /etc/pacman.conf
#
# See the pacman.conf(5) manpage for option and repository directives
#
# GENERAL OPTIONS
#
[options]
# The following paths are commented out with their default values listed.
# If you wish to use different paths, uncomment and update the paths.
#RootDir = /
#DBPath = /var/lib/pacman/
#CacheDir = /var/cache/pacman/pkg/
#LogFile = /var/log/pacman.log
#GPGDir = /etc/pacman.d/gnupg/
#HookDir = /etc/pacman.d/hooks/
HoldPkg = pacman glibc
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -L -C - -f -o %o %u
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/wget --passive-ftp -c -O %o %u
#CleanMethod = KeepInstalled
Architecture = x86_64_v3 x86_64
# Pacman won't upgrade packages listed in IgnorePkg and members of IgnoreGroup
#IgnorePkg =
#IgnoreGroup =
#NoUpgrade =
#NoExtract =
# Misc options
#UseSyslog
#Color
NoProgressBar
# We cannot check disk space from within a chroot environment
#CheckSpace
VerbosePkgLists
ParallelDownloads = 5
DownloadUser = alpm
#DisableSandbox
# By default, pacman accepts packages signed by keys that its local keyring
# trusts (see pacman-key and its man page), as well as unsigned packages.
SigLevel = Required DatabaseOptional
LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
#RemoteFileSigLevel = Required
# NOTE: You must run `pacman-key --init` before first using pacman; the local
# keyring can then be populated with the keys of all official Arch Linux
# packagers with `pacman-key --populate archlinux`.
#
# REPOSITORIES
# - can be defined here or included from another file
# - pacman will search repositories in the order defined here
# - local/custom mirrors can be added here or in separate files
# - repositories listed first will take precedence when packages
# have identical names, regardless of version number
# - URLs will have $repo replaced by the name of the current repo
# - URLs will have $arch replaced by the name of the architecture
#
# Repository entries are of the format:
# [repo-name]
# Server = ServerName
# Include = IncludePath
#
# The header [repo-name] is crucial - it must be present and
# uncommented to enable the repo.
#
# The testing repositories are disabled by default. To enable, uncomment the
# repo name header and Include lines. You can add preferred servers immediately
# after the header, and they will be used before the default mirrors.
[core-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# An example of a custom package repository. See the pacman manpage for
# tips on creating your own repositories.
#[custom]
#SigLevel = Optional TrustAll
#Server = file:///home/custompkgs

View File

@@ -31,10 +31,13 @@ Architecture = auto
# Misc options
#UseSyslog
#Color
#TotalDownload
NoProgressBar
# We cannot check disk space from within a chroot environment
#CheckSpace
#VerbosePkgLists
VerbosePkgLists
ParallelDownloads = 5
DownloadUser = alpm
#DisableSandbox
# By default, pacman accepts packages signed by keys that its local keyring
# trusts (see pacman-key and its man page), as well as unsigned packages.
@@ -69,21 +72,18 @@ LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
# repo name header and Include lines. You can add preferred servers immediately
# after the header, and they will be used before the default mirrors.
[testing]
[core-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[community-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[community]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# An example of a custom package repository. See the pacman manpage for
# tips on creating your own repositories.
#[custom]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
#
# /etc/pacman.conf
#
# See the pacman.conf(5) manpage for option and repository directives
#
# GENERAL OPTIONS
#
[options]
# The following paths are commented out with their default values listed.
# If you wish to use different paths, uncomment and update the paths.
#RootDir = /
#DBPath = /var/lib/pacman/
#CacheDir = /var/cache/pacman/pkg/
#LogFile = /var/log/pacman.log
#GPGDir = /etc/pacman.d/gnupg/
#HookDir = /etc/pacman.d/hooks/
HoldPkg = pacman glibc
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -L -C - -f -o %o %u
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/wget --passive-ftp -c -O %o %u
#CleanMethod = KeepInstalled
Architecture = x86_64_v3 x86_64
# Pacman won't upgrade packages listed in IgnorePkg and members of IgnoreGroup
#IgnorePkg =
#IgnoreGroup =
#NoUpgrade =
#NoExtract =
# Misc options
#UseSyslog
#Color
NoProgressBar
# We cannot check disk space from within a chroot environment
#CheckSpace
VerbosePkgLists
ParallelDownloads = 5
DownloadUser = alpm
#DisableSandbox
# By default, pacman accepts packages signed by keys that its local keyring
# trusts (see pacman-key and its man page), as well as unsigned packages.
SigLevel = Required DatabaseOptional
LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
#RemoteFileSigLevel = Required
# NOTE: You must run `pacman-key --init` before first using pacman; the local
# keyring can then be populated with the keys of all official Arch Linux
# packagers with `pacman-key --populate archlinux`.
#
# REPOSITORIES
# - can be defined here or included from another file
# - pacman will search repositories in the order defined here
# - local/custom mirrors can be added here or in separate files
# - repositories listed first will take precedence when packages
# have identical names, regardless of version number
# - URLs will have $repo replaced by the name of the current repo
# - URLs will have $arch replaced by the name of the architecture
#
# Repository entries are of the format:
# [repo-name]
# Server = ServerName
# Include = IncludePath
#
# The header [repo-name] is crucial - it must be present and
# uncommented to enable the repo.
#
# The testing repositories are disabled by default. To enable, uncomment the
# repo name header and Include lines. You can add preferred servers immediately
# after the header, and they will be used before the default mirrors.
[core-staging]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-staging]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# An example of a custom package repository. See the pacman manpage for
# tips on creating your own repositories.
#[custom]
#SigLevel = Optional TrustAll
#Server = file:///home/custompkgs

View File

@@ -31,10 +31,13 @@ Architecture = auto
# Misc options
#UseSyslog
#Color
#TotalDownload
NoProgressBar
# We cannot check disk space from within a chroot environment
#CheckSpace
#VerbosePkgLists
VerbosePkgLists
ParallelDownloads = 5
DownloadUser = alpm
#DisableSandbox
# By default, pacman accepts packages signed by keys that its local keyring
# trusts (see pacman-key and its man page), as well as unsigned packages.
@@ -69,30 +72,24 @@ LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
# repo name header and Include lines. You can add preferred servers immediately
# after the header, and they will be used before the default mirrors.
[gnome-unstable]
[core-staging]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[staging]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[testing]
[core-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-staging]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[community-staging]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[community-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[community]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# An example of a custom package repository. See the pacman manpage for
# tips on creating your own repositories.
#[custom]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
#
# /etc/pacman.conf
#
# See the pacman.conf(5) manpage for option and repository directives
#
# GENERAL OPTIONS
#
[options]
# The following paths are commented out with their default values listed.
# If you wish to use different paths, uncomment and update the paths.
#RootDir = /
#DBPath = /var/lib/pacman/
#CacheDir = /var/cache/pacman/pkg/
#LogFile = /var/log/pacman.log
#GPGDir = /etc/pacman.d/gnupg/
#HookDir = /etc/pacman.d/hooks/
HoldPkg = pacman glibc
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -L -C - -f -o %o %u
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/wget --passive-ftp -c -O %o %u
#CleanMethod = KeepInstalled
Architecture = x86_64_v3 x86_64
# Pacman won't upgrade packages listed in IgnorePkg and members of IgnoreGroup
#IgnorePkg =
#IgnoreGroup =
#NoUpgrade =
#NoExtract =
# Misc options
#UseSyslog
#Color
NoProgressBar
# We cannot check disk space from within a chroot environment
#CheckSpace
VerbosePkgLists
ParallelDownloads = 5
DownloadUser = alpm
#DisableSandbox
# By default, pacman accepts packages signed by keys that its local keyring
# trusts (see pacman-key and its man page), as well as unsigned packages.
SigLevel = Required DatabaseOptional
LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
#RemoteFileSigLevel = Required
# NOTE: You must run `pacman-key --init` before first using pacman; the local
# keyring can then be populated with the keys of all official Arch Linux
# packagers with `pacman-key --populate archlinux`.
#
# REPOSITORIES
# - can be defined here or included from another file
# - pacman will search repositories in the order defined here
# - local/custom mirrors can be added here or in separate files
# - repositories listed first will take precedence when packages
# have identical names, regardless of version number
# - URLs will have $repo replaced by the name of the current repo
# - URLs will have $arch replaced by the name of the architecture
#
# Repository entries are of the format:
# [repo-name]
# Server = ServerName
# Include = IncludePath
#
# The header [repo-name] is crucial - it must be present and
# uncommented to enable the repo.
#
# The testing repositories are disabled by default. To enable, uncomment the
# repo name header and Include lines. You can add preferred servers immediately
# after the header, and they will be used before the default mirrors.
[core-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# An example of a custom package repository. See the pacman manpage for
# tips on creating your own repositories.
#[custom]
#SigLevel = Optional TrustAll
#Server = file:///home/custompkgs

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
#
# /etc/pacman.conf
#
# See the pacman.conf(5) manpage for option and repository directives
#
# GENERAL OPTIONS
#
[options]
# The following paths are commented out with their default values listed.
# If you wish to use different paths, uncomment and update the paths.
#RootDir = /
#DBPath = /var/lib/pacman/
#CacheDir = /var/cache/pacman/pkg/
#LogFile = /var/log/pacman.log
#GPGDir = /etc/pacman.d/gnupg/
#HookDir = /etc/pacman.d/hooks/
HoldPkg = pacman glibc
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -L -C - -f -o %o %u
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/wget --passive-ftp -c -O %o %u
#CleanMethod = KeepInstalled
Architecture = auto
# Pacman won't upgrade packages listed in IgnorePkg and members of IgnoreGroup
#IgnorePkg =
#IgnoreGroup =
#NoUpgrade =
#NoExtract =
# Misc options
#UseSyslog
#Color
NoProgressBar
# We cannot check disk space from within a chroot environment
#CheckSpace
VerbosePkgLists
ParallelDownloads = 5
DownloadUser = alpm
#DisableSandbox
# By default, pacman accepts packages signed by keys that its local keyring
# trusts (see pacman-key and its man page), as well as unsigned packages.
SigLevel = Required DatabaseOptional
LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
#RemoteFileSigLevel = Required
# NOTE: You must run `pacman-key --init` before first using pacman; the local
# keyring can then be populated with the keys of all official Arch Linux
# packagers with `pacman-key --populate archlinux`.
#
# REPOSITORIES
# - can be defined here or included from another file
# - pacman will search repositories in the order defined here
# - local/custom mirrors can be added here or in separate files
# - repositories listed first will take precedence when packages
# have identical names, regardless of version number
# - URLs will have $repo replaced by the name of the current repo
# - URLs will have $arch replaced by the name of the architecture
#
# Repository entries are of the format:
# [repo-name]
# Server = ServerName
# Include = IncludePath
#
# The header [repo-name] is crucial - it must be present and
# uncommented to enable the repo.
#
# The testing repositories are disabled by default. To enable, uncomment the
# repo name header and Include lines. You can add preferred servers immediately
# after the header, and they will be used before the default mirrors.
[core-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# An example of a custom package repository. See the pacman manpage for
# tips on creating your own repositories.
#[custom]
#SigLevel = Optional TrustAll
#Server = file:///home/custompkgs

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
#
# /etc/pacman.conf
#
# See the pacman.conf(5) manpage for option and repository directives
#
# GENERAL OPTIONS
#
[options]
# The following paths are commented out with their default values listed.
# If you wish to use different paths, uncomment and update the paths.
#RootDir = /
#DBPath = /var/lib/pacman/
#CacheDir = /var/cache/pacman/pkg/
#LogFile = /var/log/pacman.log
#GPGDir = /etc/pacman.d/gnupg/
#HookDir = /etc/pacman.d/hooks/
HoldPkg = pacman glibc
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -L -C - -f -o %o %u
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/wget --passive-ftp -c -O %o %u
#CleanMethod = KeepInstalled
Architecture = x86_64_v3 x86_64
# Pacman won't upgrade packages listed in IgnorePkg and members of IgnoreGroup
#IgnorePkg =
#IgnoreGroup =
#NoUpgrade =
#NoExtract =
# Misc options
#UseSyslog
#Color
NoProgressBar
# We cannot check disk space from within a chroot environment
#CheckSpace
VerbosePkgLists
ParallelDownloads = 5
DownloadUser = alpm
#DisableSandbox
# By default, pacman accepts packages signed by keys that its local keyring
# trusts (see pacman-key and its man page), as well as unsigned packages.
SigLevel = Required DatabaseOptional
LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
#RemoteFileSigLevel = Required
# NOTE: You must run `pacman-key --init` before first using pacman; the local
# keyring can then be populated with the keys of all official Arch Linux
# packagers with `pacman-key --populate archlinux`.
#
# REPOSITORIES
# - can be defined here or included from another file
# - pacman will search repositories in the order defined here
# - local/custom mirrors can be added here or in separate files
# - repositories listed first will take precedence when packages
# have identical names, regardless of version number
# - URLs will have $repo replaced by the name of the current repo
# - URLs will have $arch replaced by the name of the architecture
#
# Repository entries are of the format:
# [repo-name]
# Server = ServerName
# Include = IncludePath
#
# The header [repo-name] is crucial - it must be present and
# uncommented to enable the repo.
#
# The testing repositories are disabled by default. To enable, uncomment the
# repo name header and Include lines. You can add preferred servers immediately
# after the header, and they will be used before the default mirrors.
#[core-testing]
#Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
#[extra-testing]
#Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# An example of a custom package repository. See the pacman manpage for
# tips on creating your own repositories.
#[custom]
#SigLevel = Optional TrustAll
#Server = file:///home/custompkgs

View File

@@ -31,10 +31,13 @@ Architecture = auto
# Misc options
#UseSyslog
#Color
#TotalDownload
NoProgressBar
# We cannot check disk space from within a chroot environment
#CheckSpace
#VerbosePkgLists
VerbosePkgLists
ParallelDownloads = 5
DownloadUser = alpm
#DisableSandbox
# By default, pacman accepts packages signed by keys that its local keyring
# trusts (see pacman-key and its man page), as well as unsigned packages.
@@ -69,19 +72,16 @@ LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
# repo name header and Include lines. You can add preferred servers immediately
# after the header, and they will be used before the default mirrors.
#[testing]
#[core-testing]
#Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
#[community-testing]
#[extra-testing]
#Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[community]
[extra]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# An example of a custom package repository. See the pacman manpage for

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
#
# /etc/pacman.conf
#
# See the pacman.conf(5) manpage for option and repository directives
#
# GENERAL OPTIONS
#
[options]
# The following paths are commented out with their default values listed.
# If you wish to use different paths, uncomment and update the paths.
#RootDir = /
#DBPath = /var/lib/pacman/
#CacheDir = /var/cache/pacman/pkg/
#LogFile = /var/log/pacman.log
#GPGDir = /etc/pacman.d/gnupg/
#HookDir = /etc/pacman.d/hooks/
HoldPkg = pacman glibc
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -L -C - -f -o %o %u
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/wget --passive-ftp -c -O %o %u
#CleanMethod = KeepInstalled
Architecture = auto
# Pacman won't upgrade packages listed in IgnorePkg and members of IgnoreGroup
#IgnorePkg =
#IgnoreGroup =
#NoUpgrade =
#NoExtract =
# Misc options
#UseSyslog
#Color
NoProgressBar
# We cannot check disk space from within a chroot environment
#CheckSpace
VerbosePkgLists
ParallelDownloads = 5
DownloadUser = alpm
#DisableSandbox
# By default, pacman accepts packages signed by keys that its local keyring
# trusts (see pacman-key and its man page), as well as unsigned packages.
SigLevel = Required DatabaseOptional
LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
#RemoteFileSigLevel = Required
# NOTE: You must run `pacman-key --init` before first using pacman; the local
# keyring can then be populated with the keys of all official Arch Linux
# packagers with `pacman-key --populate archlinux`.
#
# REPOSITORIES
# - can be defined here or included from another file
# - pacman will search repositories in the order defined here
# - local/custom mirrors can be added here or in separate files
# - repositories listed first will take precedence when packages
# have identical names, regardless of version number
# - URLs will have $repo replaced by the name of the current repo
# - URLs will have $arch replaced by the name of the architecture
#
# Repository entries are of the format:
# [repo-name]
# Server = ServerName
# Include = IncludePath
#
# The header [repo-name] is crucial - it must be present and
# uncommented to enable the repo.
#
# The testing repositories are disabled by default. To enable, uncomment the
# repo name header and Include lines. You can add preferred servers immediately
# after the header, and they will be used before the default mirrors.
[gnome-unstable]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# An example of a custom package repository. See the pacman manpage for
# tips on creating your own repositories.
#[custom]
#SigLevel = Optional TrustAll
#Server = file:///home/custompkgs

View File

@@ -31,10 +31,13 @@ Architecture = auto
# Misc options
#UseSyslog
#Color
#TotalDownload
NoProgressBar
# We cannot check disk space from within a chroot environment
#CheckSpace
#VerbosePkgLists
VerbosePkgLists
ParallelDownloads = 5
DownloadUser = alpm
#DisableSandbox
# By default, pacman accepts packages signed by keys that its local keyring
# trusts (see pacman-key and its man page), as well as unsigned packages.
@@ -72,21 +75,18 @@ LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
[kde-unstable]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[testing]
[core-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[community-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[community]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# An example of a custom package repository. See the pacman manpage for
# tips on creating your own repositories.
#[custom]

View File

@@ -31,10 +31,13 @@ Architecture = auto
# Misc options
#UseSyslog
#Color
#TotalDownload
NoProgressBar
# We cannot check disk space from within a chroot environment
#CheckSpace
#VerbosePkgLists
VerbosePkgLists
ParallelDownloads = 5
DownloadUser = alpm
#DisableSandbox
# By default, pacman accepts packages signed by keys that its local keyring
# trusts (see pacman-key and its man page), as well as unsigned packages.
@@ -69,27 +72,24 @@ LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
# repo name header and Include lines. You can add preferred servers immediately
# after the header, and they will be used before the default mirrors.
[staging]
[core-staging]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[testing]
[core-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-staging]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[community-staging]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[community-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[community]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# If you want to run 32 bit applications on your x86_64 system,
# enable the multilib repositories as required here.
[multilib-staging]

View File

@@ -31,10 +31,13 @@ Architecture = auto
# Misc options
#UseSyslog
#Color
#TotalDownload
NoProgressBar
# We cannot check disk space from within a chroot environment
#CheckSpace
#VerbosePkgLists
VerbosePkgLists
ParallelDownloads = 5
DownloadUser = alpm
#DisableSandbox
# By default, pacman accepts packages signed by keys that its local keyring
# trusts (see pacman-key and its man page), as well as unsigned packages.
@@ -69,21 +72,18 @@ LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
# repo name header and Include lines. You can add preferred servers immediately
# after the header, and they will be used before the default mirrors.
[testing]
[core-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[community-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[community]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# If you want to run 32 bit applications on your x86_64 system,
# enable the multilib repositories as required here.
[multilib-testing]

View File

@@ -31,10 +31,13 @@ Architecture = auto
# Misc options
#UseSyslog
#Color
#TotalDownload
NoProgressBar
# We cannot check disk space from within a chroot environment
#CheckSpace
#VerbosePkgLists
VerbosePkgLists
ParallelDownloads = 5
DownloadUser = alpm
#DisableSandbox
# By default, pacman accepts packages signed by keys that its local keyring
# trusts (see pacman-key and its man page), as well as unsigned packages.
@@ -69,19 +72,16 @@ LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
# repo name header and Include lines. You can add preferred servers immediately
# after the header, and they will be used before the default mirrors.
#[testing]
#[core-testing]
#Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
#[community-testing]
#[extra-testing]
#Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[community]
[extra]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# If you want to run 32 bit applications on your x86_64 system,

114
config/pacman/universe.conf Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
#
# /etc/pacman.conf
#
# See the pacman.conf(5) manpage for option and repository directives
#
# GENERAL OPTIONS
#
[options]
# The following paths are commented out with their default values listed.
# If you wish to use different paths, uncomment and update the paths.
#RootDir = /
#DBPath = /var/lib/pacman/
#CacheDir = /var/cache/pacman/pkg/
#LogFile = /var/log/pacman.log
#GPGDir = /etc/pacman.d/gnupg/
#HookDir = /etc/pacman.d/hooks/
HoldPkg = pacman glibc
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -L -C - -f -o %o %u
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/wget --passive-ftp -c -O %o %u
#CleanMethod = KeepInstalled
Architecture = auto
# Pacman won't upgrade packages listed in IgnorePkg and members of IgnoreGroup
#IgnorePkg =
#IgnoreGroup =
#NoUpgrade =
#NoExtract =
# Misc options
#UseSyslog
#Color
NoProgressBar
# We cannot check disk space from within a chroot environment
#CheckSpace
VerbosePkgLists
ParallelDownloads = 5
DownloadUser = alpm
#DisableSandbox
# By default, pacman accepts packages signed by keys that its local keyring
# trusts (see pacman-key and its man page), as well as unsigned packages.
SigLevel = Required DatabaseOptional
LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
#RemoteFileSigLevel = Required
# NOTE: You must run `pacman-key --init` before first using pacman; the local
# keyring can then be populated with the keys of all official Arch Linux
# packagers with `pacman-key --populate archlinux`.
#
# REPOSITORIES
# - can be defined here or included from another file
# - pacman will search repositories in the order defined here
# - local/custom mirrors can be added here or in separate files
# - repositories listed first will take precedence when packages
# have identical names, regardless of version number
# - URLs will have $repo replaced by the name of the current repo
# - URLs will have $arch replaced by the name of the architecture
#
# Repository entries are of the format:
# [repo-name]
# Server = ServerName
# Include = IncludePath
#
# The header [repo-name] is crucial - it must be present and
# uncommented to enable the repo.
#
# The testing repositories are disabled by default. To enable, uncomment the
# repo name header and Include lines. You can add preferred servers immediately
# after the header, and they will be used before the default mirrors.
[gnome-unstable]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[kde-unstable]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core-staging]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[core]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-staging]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[extra]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# If you want to run 32 bit applications on your x86_64 system,
# enable the multilib repositories as required here.
[multilib-staging]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[multilib-testing]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[multilib]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# An example of a custom package repository. See the pacman manpage for
# tips on creating your own repositories.
#[custom]
#SigLevel = Optional TrustAll
#Server = file:///home/custompkgs

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
#
# /etc/pacman.conf
#
# See the pacman.conf(5) manpage for option and repository directives
#
# GENERAL OPTIONS
#
[options]
# The following paths are commented out with their default values listed.
# If you wish to use different paths, uncomment and update the paths.
#RootDir = /
#DBPath = /var/lib/pacman/
#CacheDir = /var/cache/pacman/pkg/
#LogFile = /var/log/pacman.log
#GPGDir = /etc/pacman.d/gnupg/
#HookDir = /etc/pacman.d/hooks/
HoldPkg = pacman glibc
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -L -C - -f -o %o %u
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/wget --passive-ftp -c -O %o %u
#CleanMethod = KeepInstalled
Architecture = auto
# Pacman won't upgrade packages listed in IgnorePkg and members of IgnoreGroup
#IgnorePkg =
#IgnoreGroup =
#NoUpgrade =
#NoExtract =
# Misc options
#UseSyslog
#Color
NoProgressBar
# We cannot check disk space from within a chroot environment
#CheckSpace
VerbosePkgLists
ParallelDownloads = 5
DownloadUser = alpm
#DisableSandbox
# By default, pacman accepts packages signed by keys that its local keyring
# trusts (see pacman-key and its man page), as well as unsigned packages.
SigLevel = Required DatabaseOptional
LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
#RemoteFileSigLevel = Required
# NOTE: You must run `pacman-key --init` before first using pacman; the local
# keyring can then be populated with the keys of all official Arch Linux
# packagers with `pacman-key --populate archlinux`.
#
# REPOSITORIES
# - can be defined here or included from another file
# - pacman will search repositories in the order defined here
# - local/custom mirrors can be added here or in separate files
# - repositories listed first will take precedence when packages
# have identical names, regardless of version number
# - URLs will have $repo replaced by the name of the current repo
# - URLs will have $arch replaced by the name of the architecture
#
# Repository entries are of the format:
# [repo-name]
# Server = ServerName
# Include = IncludePath
#
# The header [repo-name] is crucial - it must be present and
# uncommented to enable the repo.
#
# The testing repositories are disabled by default. To enable, uncomment the
# repo name header and Include lines. You can add preferred servers immediately
# after the header, and they will be used before the default mirrors.
[gnome-unstable]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
[kde-unstable]
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
# An example of a custom package repository. See the pacman manpage for
# tips on creating your own repositories.
#[custom]
#SigLevel = Optional TrustAll
#Server = file:///home/custompkgs

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
x86_64

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,802 @@
#!/hint/bash
#
# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
_DEVTOOLS_LIBRARY_DIR=${_DEVTOOLS_LIBRARY_DIR:-@pkgdatadir@}
# shellcheck source=src/lib/valid-build-install.sh
source "${_DEVTOOLS_LIBRARY_DIR}"/lib/valid-build-install.sh
# shellcheck source=src/lib/valid-tags.sh
source "${_DEVTOOLS_LIBRARY_DIR}"/lib/valid-tags.sh
# shellcheck source=src/lib/valid-repos.sh
source "${_DEVTOOLS_LIBRARY_DIR}"/lib/valid-repos.sh
# shellcheck source=src/lib/valid-inspect.sh
source "${_DEVTOOLS_LIBRARY_DIR}"/lib/valid-inspect.sh
# shellcheck source=src/lib/valid-search.sh
source "${_DEVTOOLS_LIBRARY_DIR}"/lib/valid-search.sh
# shellcheck source=src/lib/valid-version.sh
source "${_DEVTOOLS_LIBRARY_DIR}"/lib/valid-version.sh
# shellcheck source=src/lib/valid-issue.sh
source "${_DEVTOOLS_LIBRARY_DIR}"/lib/valid-issue.sh
_colors=(never always auto)
_makechrootpkg_args=(
-h
-c
-d
-D
-u
-r
-I
-l
-n
-t
-T
-U
-x
)
_makechrootpkg_args_d_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_makechrootpkg_args_D_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_makechrootpkg_args_r_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_makechrootpkg_args_I_opts() { _filedir '*.pkg.tar.*'; }
_makechrootpkg_args_l_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_makechrootpkg_args_t_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_makechrootpkg_args_U_opts() { :; }
_makechrootpkg_args_x_opts() { _devtools_completions_inspect; }
_makechrootpkg() { __devtools_complete _makechrootpkg; }
complete -F _makechrootpkg makechrootpkg
_makerepropkg_args=(
-h
-d
-n
-c
-M
)
_makerepropkg_args_c_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_makerepropkg_args_M_opts() { _filedir '*.conf'; }
_makerepropkg_opts() { _filedir '*.pkg.tar.*'; }
_makerepropkg() { __devtools_complete _makerepropkg; }
complete -F _makerepropkg makerepropkg
_mkarchroot_args=(
-U
-C
-M
-c
-f
-h
)
_mkarchroot_args_U_opts() { _filedir '*.pkg.tar.*'; }
_mkarchroot_args_C_opts() { _filedir '*.conf'; }
_mkarchroot_args_M_opts() { _filedir '*.conf'; }
_mkarchroot_args_c_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_mkarchroot_args_f_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_mkarchroot_opts() {
local args
args=$(__pkgctl_word_count_after_subcommand)
if (( args == 0 )); then
_filedir -d
elif (( args >= 1 )); then
_devtools_completions_all_packages
fi
}
_mkarchroot() { __devtools_complete _mkarchroot; }
complete -F _mkarchroot mkarchroot
_arch_nspawn_args=(
-C
-M
-c
-f
-s
-h
)
_arch_nspawn_args_C_opts() { _filedir '*.conf'; }
_arch_nspawn_args_M_opts() { _filedir '*.conf'; }
_arch_nspawn_args_c_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_arch_nspawn_args_f_opts() { _filedir; }
_arch_nspawn_opts() {
local args
args=$(__pkgctl_word_count_after_subcommand)
if (( args == 0 )); then
_filedir -d
fi
}
_arch_nspawn() { __devtools_complete _arch_nspawn; }
complete -F _arch_nspawn arch-nspawn
_sogrep_args=(
-v --verbose
-r --refresh
-h --help
)
_sogrep_opts() {
local args
args=$(__pkgctl_word_count_after_subcommand)
if (( args == 0 )); then
_devtools_completions_repo all
fi
}
_sogrep() { __devtools_complete _sogrep; }
complete -F _sogrep sogrep
_offload_build_args=(
-r --repo
-a --arch
-s --server
-h --help
)
_offload_build_args__repo_opts() { _devtools_completions_build_repo; }
_offload_build_args_r_opts() { _offload_build_args__repo_opts; }
_offload_build_args__arch_opts() { _devtools_completions_binary_arch; }
_offload_build_args_a_opts() { _offload_build_args__arch_opts; }
_offload_build_args__server_opts() { :; }
_offload_build_args_s_opts() { _offload_build_args__server_opts; }
_offload_build() { __devtools_complete _offload_build; }
complete -F _offload_build offload-build
_pkgctl_cmds=(
aur
auth
build
db
diff
issue
license
release
repo
search
version
)
_pkgctl_args=(
-V --version
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_auth_cmds=(
login
status
)
_pkgctl_auth_login_args=(
-g --gen-access-token
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_auth_status_args=(
-t --show-token
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_build_args=(
--arch
--repo
-s --staging
-t --testing
-o --offload
-c --clean
-w --worker
--inspect
-I --install-to-chroot
-i --install-to-host
--pkgver
--pkgrel
--rebuild
--update-checksums
-e --edit
-r --release
-m --message
-u --db-update
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_build_args__arch_opts() { _devtools_completions_binary_arch; }
_pkgctl_build_args__repo_opts() { _devtools_completions_repo; }
_pkgctl_build_args__worker_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_build_args_w_opts() { _pkgctl_build_args__worker_opts; }
_pkgctl_build_args__inspect_opts() { _devtools_completions_inspect; }
_pkgctl_build_args__pkgver_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_build_args__pkgrel_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_build_args__install_to_host_opts() { _pkgctl_build_completions_install_mode; }
_pkgctl_build_args_i_opts() { _pkgctl_build_args__install_to_host_opts; }
_pkgctl_build_args__install_to_chroot_opts() { _makechrootpkg_args_I_opts; }
_pkgctl_build_args_I_opts() { _pkgctl_build_args__install_to_chroot_opts; }
_pkgctl_build_args__message_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_build_args_m_opts() { _pkgctl_build_args__message_opts; }
_pkgctl_build_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_pkgctl_build_completions_install_mode() {
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "${DEVTOOLS_VALID_BUILD_INSTALL[*]}" -- "$cur")
}
_pkgctl_db_cmds=(
move
remove
update
)
_pkgctl_db_move_args=(
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_db_move_opts() {
local subcommand args
subcommand=(db move)
args=$(__pkgctl_word_count_after_subcommand "${subcommand[@]}")
if (( args == 0 )); then
_devtools_completions_repo
elif (( args == 1 )); then
_devtools_completions_repo
elif (( args >= 2 )); then
_devtools_completions_all_packages
fi
}
_pkgctl_db_remove_args=(
--partial
--noconfirm
-a --arch
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_db_remove_args__arch_opts() { _devtools_completions_binary_arch; }
_pkgctl_db_remove_args_a_opts() { _pkgctl_db_remove_args__arch_opts; }
_pkgctl_db_remove_opts() {
local subcommand args
subcommand=(db remove)
args=$(__pkgctl_word_count_after_subcommand "${subcommand[@]}")
if (( args == 0 )); then
_devtools_completions_repo
elif (( args >= 1 )); then
_devtools_completions_all_packages
fi
}
_pkgctl_db_update_args=(
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_release_args=(
-m --message
-r --repo
-s --staging
-t --testing
-u --db-update
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_release_args__message_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_release_args_m_opts() { _pkgctl_release_args__message_opts; }
_pkgctl_release_args__repo_opts() { _devtools_completions_repo; }
_pkgctl_release_args_r_opts() { _pkgctl_release_args__repo_opts; }
_pkgctl_release_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_pkgctl_aur_cmds=(
drop-from-repo
)
_pkgctl_aur_drop_from_repo_args=(
--no-disown
-f --force
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_aur_drop_from_repo_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_pkgctl_repo_cmds=(
clean
clone
configure
create
switch
web
)
_pkgctl_repo_clone_args=(
-m --maintainer
--protocol
--switch
-u --unprivileged
--universe
-j --jobs
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_repo_clone_args__maintainer_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_repo_clone_args_m_opts() { _pkgctl_repo_clone_args__maintainer_opts; }
_pkgctl_repo_clone_args__protocol_opts() { _devtools_completions_protocol; }
_pkgctl_repo_clone_args__switch_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_repo_clone_args__jobs_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_repo_clone_args_j_opts() { _pkgctl_repo_clone_args__jobs_opts; }
_pkgctl_repo_clone_opts() { _devtools_completions_all_packages; }
_pkgctl_repo_clean_args=(
-i --interactive
-n --dry-run
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_repo_clean_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_pkgctl_repo_configure_args=(
--protocol
-j --jobs
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_repo_configure_args__protocol_opts() { _devtools_completions_protocol; }
_pkgctl_repo_configure_args__jobs_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_repo_configure_args_j_opts() { _pkgctl_repo_clone_args__jobs_opts; }
_pkgctl_repo_configure_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_pkgctl_repo_create_args=(
-c --clone
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_repo_switch_args=(
--discard-changes
-f --force
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_repo_switch_opts() {
local subcommand args
subcommand=(repo switch)
args=$(__pkgctl_word_count_after_subcommand "${subcommand[@]}")
if (( args == 0 )); then
:
elif (( args >= 1 )); then
_filedir -d;
fi
}
_pkgctl_license_cmds=(
check
setup
)
_pkgctl_license_check_args=(
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_license_check_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_pkgctl_license_setup_args=(
--no-check
-f --force
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_license_setup_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_pkgctl_version_cmds=(
check
setup
upgrade
)
_pkgctl_version_check_args=(
-v --verbose
-h --help
--json
-F --format
)
_pkgctl_version_check_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_pkgctl_version_check_args__format_opts() { _devtools_completions_version_output_format; }
_pkgctl_version_check_args_F_opts() { _devtools_completions_version_output_format; }
_pkgctl_version_setup_args=(
--prefer-platform-api
--url
--no-check
--no-upstream
-f --force
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_version_setup_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_pkgctl_version_setup_args__url_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_version_upgrade_args=(
--no-update-checksums
-v --verbose
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_version_upgrade_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_pkgctl_repo_web_args=(
--print
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_repo_web_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_pkgctl_search_args=(
--no-default-filter
--json
-F --format
-N --no-line-number
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_search_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_search_args__format_opts() { _devtools_completions_search_format; }
_pkgctl_search_args_F_opts() { _devtools_completions_search_format; }
_pkgctl_diff_args=(
-l --list
-d --diffoscope
-p --pkginfo
-b --buildinfo
-m --makepkg-config
-u -U --unified
-y --side-by-side
--color
-W --width
-P --pool
-v --verbose
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_diff_args__makepkg_config_opts() { _filedir '*.conf'; }
_pkgctl_diff_args_m_opts() { _pkgctl_diff_args__makepkg_config_opts; }
_pkgctl_diff_args__width_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_diff_args_W_opts() { _pkgctl_diff_args__width_opts; }
_pkgctl_diff_args__color_opts() { _devtools_completions_color; }
_pkgctl_diff_args__pool_opts() { _filedir -d; }
_pkgctl_diff_args_P_opts() { _pkgctl_diff_args__pool_opts; }
_pkgctl_diff_opts() { _devtools_completions_all_packages; }
_pkgctl_issue_cmds=(
close
comment
create
edit
list
move
reopen
view
)
_pkgctl_issue_args=(
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_issue_close_args=(
-p --package
-m --message
-e --edit
-r --resolution
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_issue_close_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_issue_close_args__package_opts() { _devtools_completions_all_packages; }
_pkgctl_issue_close_args_p_opts() { _pkgctl_issue_close_args__package_opts; }
_pkgctl_issue_close_args__message_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_issue_close_args_m_opts() { _pkgctl_issue_close_args__message_opts; }
_pkgctl_issue_close_args__resolution_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_resolution; }
_pkgctl_issue_close_args_r_opts() { _pkgctl_issue_close_args__resolution_opts; }
_pkgctl_issue_comment_args=(
-p --package
-m --message
-e --edit
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_issue_comment_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_issue_comment_args__package_opts() { _devtools_completions_all_packages; }
_pkgctl_issue_comment_args_p_opts() { _pkgctl_issue_comment_args__package_opts; }
_pkgctl_issue_comment_args__message_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_issue_comment_args_m_opts() { _pkgctl_issue_comment_args__message_opts; }
_pkgctl_issue_create_args=(
-p --package
-t --title
-F --file
-e --edit
-w --web
--recover
--confidentiality
--priority
--scope
--severity
--status
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_issue_create_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_issue_create_args__package_opts() { _devtools_completions_all_packages; }
_pkgctl_issue_create_args_p_opts() { _pkgctl_issue_create_args__package_opts; }
_pkgctl_issue_create_args__title_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_issue_create_args_t_opts() { _pkgctl_issue_create_args__title_opts; }
_pkgctl_issue_create_args__confidentiality_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_confidentiality; }
_pkgctl_issue_create_args__priority_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_priority; }
_pkgctl_issue_create_args__scope_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_scope; }
_pkgctl_issue_create_args__severity_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_severity; }
_pkgctl_issue_create_args__status_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_status; }
_pkgctl_issue_edit_args=(
-p --package
-t --title
-e --edit
--recover
--confidentiality
--priority
--resolution
--scope
--severity
--status
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_issue_edit_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_issue_edit_args__package_opts() { _devtools_completions_all_packages; }
_pkgctl_issue_edit_args_p_opts() { _pkgctl_issue_edit_args__package_opts; }
_pkgctl_issue_edit_args__title_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_issue_edit_args_t_opts() { _pkgctl_issue_edit_args__title_opts; }
_pkgctl_issue_edit_args__confidentiality_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_confidentiality; }
_pkgctl_issue_edit_args__priority_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_priority; }
_pkgctl_issue_edit_args__resolution_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_resolution; }
_pkgctl_issue_edit_args__scope_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_scope; }
_pkgctl_issue_edit_args__severity_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_severity; }
_pkgctl_issue_edit_args__status_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_status; }
_pkgctl_issue_list_args=(
-g --group
-w --web
-A --all
-c --closed
-U --unconfirmed
--search
--in
-l --label
--confidentiality
--priority
--resolution
--scope
--severity
--status
--assignee
--assigned-to-me
--author
--created-by-me
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_issue_list_opts() { _devtools_completions_all_packages; }
_pkgctl_issue_list_args__search_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_issue_list_args__in_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_search_location; }
_pkgctl_issue_list_args__label_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_issue_list_args_l_opts() { _pkgctl_issue_list_args__label_opts; }
_pkgctl_issue_list_args__confidentiality_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_confidentiality; }
_pkgctl_issue_list_args__priority_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_priority; }
_pkgctl_issue_list_args__resolution_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_resolution; }
_pkgctl_issue_list_args__scope_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_scope; }
_pkgctl_issue_list_args__severity_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_severity; }
_pkgctl_issue_list_args__status_opts() { _devtools_completions_issue_status; }
_pkgctl_issue_list_args__assignee_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_issue_list_args__author_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_issue_move_args=(
-p --package
-m --message
-e --edit
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_issue_move_opts() {
local subcommand args
subcommand=(repo switch)
args=$(__pkgctl_word_count_after_subcommand "${subcommand[@]}")
if (( args == 0 )); then
:
elif (( args >= 1 )); then
_devtools_completions_all_packages
fi
}
_pkgctl_issue_move_args__package_opts() { _devtools_completions_all_packages; }
_pkgctl_issue_move_args_p_opts() { _pkgctl_issue_move_args__package_opts; }
_pkgctl_issue_move_args__message_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_issue_move_args_m_opts() { _pkgctl_issue_move_args__message_opts; }
_pkgctl_issue_reopen_args=(
-p --package
-m --message
-e --edit
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_issue_reopen_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_issue_reopen_args__package_opts() { _devtools_completions_all_packages; }
_pkgctl_issue_reopen_args_p_opts() { _pkgctl_issue_reopen_args__package_opts; }
_pkgctl_issue_reopen_args__message_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_issue_reopen_args_m_opts() { _pkgctl_issue_reopen_args__message_opts; }
_pkgctl_issue_view_args=(
-p --package
-c --comments
-w --web
-h --help
)
_pkgctl_issue_view_opts() { :; }
_pkgctl_issue_view_args__package_opts() { _devtools_completions_all_packages; }
_pkgctl_issue_view_args_p_opts() { _pkgctl_issue_view_args__package_opts; }
_pkgctl_version_args=(
-h --help
)
_devtools_completions_color() {
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "${_colors[*]}" -- "$cur")
}
_devtools_completions_arch() {
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "${DEVTOOLS_VALID_ARCHES[*]}" -- "$cur")
}
_devtools_completions_binary_arch() {
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "${DEVTOOLS_VALID_BINARY_ARCHES[*]}" -- "$cur")
}
_devtools_completions_repo() {
local optional=${1:-}
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "${optional} ${DEVTOOLS_VALID_REPOS[*]}" -- "$cur")
}
_devtools_completions_build_repo() {
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "${DEVTOOLS_VALID_BUILDREPOS[*]}" -- "$cur")
}
_devtools_completions_all_packages() {
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "$(pacman -Sql)" -- "$cur")
}
_devtools_completions_protocol() {
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "https" -- "$cur")
}
_devtools_completions_inspect() {
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "${DEVTOOLS_VALID_INSPECT_MODES[*]}" -- "$cur")
}
_devtools_completions_search_format() {
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "${valid_search_output_format[*]}" -- "$cur")
}
_devtools_completions_version_output_format() {
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "${DEVTOOLS_VALID_VERSION_OUTPUT_FORMAT[*]}" -- "$cur")
}
_devtools_completions_issue_severity() {
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "${DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_SEVERITY[*]}" -- "$cur")
}
_devtools_completions_issue_status() {
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "${DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_STATUS[*]}" -- "$cur")
}
_devtools_completions_issue_scope() {
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "${DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_SCOPE[*]}" -- "$cur")
}
_devtools_completions_issue_search_location() {
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "${DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_SEARCH_LOCATION[*]}" -- "$cur")
}
_devtools_completions_issue_resolution() {
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "${DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_RESOLUTION[*]}" -- "$cur")
}
_devtools_completions_issue_priority() {
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "${DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_PRIORITY[*]}" -- "$cur")
}
_devtools_completions_issue_confidentiality() {
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "${DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_CONFIDENTIALITY[*]}" -- "$cur")
}
__devtools_complete() {
local service=$1
local cur prev
# Don't break words at : and =
COMP_WORDBREAKS=${COMP_WORDBREAKS//[:=]}
cur=$(_get_cword)
prev=${COMP_WORDS[COMP_CWORD-1]}
__pkgctl_handle_subcommands "${service}"
return 0
}
__pkgctl_has_func() {
declare -f -- "${1}" &>/dev/null
}
__pkgctl_has_array() {
declare -p -- "${1}" &>/dev/null
}
__pkgctl_is_subcommand() {
__pkgctl_has_array "${1}"_args || \
__pkgctl_has_array "${1}"_cmds
}
__pkgctl_words_after_subcommand() {
local subcommand=("$@")
local subcommand_idx=0
local word prev_word
for ((i = 1; i < ${#COMP_WORDS[@]}; ++i)); do
word=${COMP_WORDS[i]}
prev_word=${COMP_WORDS[i-1]}
# skip options and the current typing
if [[ ${word} == -* ]] || [[ ${word} == "${cur}" ]]; then
continue
fi
# skip until we resolved the passed subcommand
if (( subcommand_idx < ${#subcommand[@]} )); then
if [[ $word == "${subcommand[$subcommand_idx]}" ]]; then
subcommand_idx=$(( subcommand_idx + 1 ))
fi
continue
fi
# skip previous options as they belong to the argument
if [[ ${prev_word} == -* ]] && __pkgctl_has_func "${service_name}_args${prev_word//-/_}_opts"; then
continue
fi
printf "%s\n" "${word}"
done
}
__pkgctl_word_count_after_subcommand() {
local subcommand=("$@")
mapfile -t words < <(__pkgctl_words_after_subcommand "${subcommand[@]}")
echo "${#words[@]}"
}
__pkgctl_handle_subcommands() {
local service_name=${1}
local index=${2:-0}
local word ref
# recurse into nested subcommands
for ((i = index + 1; i < ${#COMP_WORDS[@]}; ++i)); do
word=${COMP_WORDS[i]}
if [[ ${word} == -* ]] || [[ ${word} == "${cur}" ]]; then
continue
fi
if __pkgctl_is_subcommand "${service_name}_${word}"; then
__pkgctl_handle_subcommands "${service_name}_${word}" "${i}"
return
fi
done
# dynamic argument options
if [[ $prev == -* ]] && word=${prev//-/_} && __pkgctl_has_func "${service_name}_args${word}_opts"; then
"${service_name}_args${word}_opts"
# dynamic subcommand options
elif [[ $cur != -* ]] && __pkgctl_has_func "${service_name}_opts"; then
"${service_name}_opts"
# subcommand argument array
elif ( ! __pkgctl_has_array "${service_name}"_cmds || [[ $cur == -* ]] ) && __pkgctl_has_array "${service_name}_args"; then
declare -n ref="${service_name}_args"
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "${ref[*]}" -- "$cur")
# subcommand array
elif __pkgctl_has_array "${service_name}"_cmds; then
declare -n ref="${service_name}_cmds"
mapfile -t COMPREPLY < <(compgen -W "${ref[*]}" -- "$cur")
fi
}
_pkgctl() { __devtools_complete _pkgctl; }
complete -F _pkgctl pkgctl
# ex:noet ts=4 sw=4 ft=sh

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,502 @@
#compdef archbuild arch-nspawn archrelease commitpkg pkgctl diffpkg finddeps makechrootpkg mkarchroot extrapkg=commitpkg corepkg=commitpkg testingpkg=commitpkg stagingpkg=commitpkg communitypkg=commitpkg community-testingpkg=commitpkg community-stagingpkg=commitpkg multilibpkg=commitpkg multilib-testingpkg=commitpkg extra-x86_64-build=archbuild testing-x86_64-build=archbuild staging-x86_64-build=archbuild multilib-build=archbuild multilib-testing-build=archbuild multilib-staging-build=archbuild kde-unstable-x86_64-build=archbuild gnome-unstable-x86_64-build=archbuild checkpkg sogrep offload-build makerepropkg
#
# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
_DEVTOOLS_LIBRARY_DIR=${_DEVTOOLS_LIBRARY_DIR:-@pkgdatadir@}
# shellcheck source=src/lib/valid-build-install.sh
source "${_DEVTOOLS_LIBRARY_DIR}"/lib/valid-build-install.sh
# shellcheck source=src/lib/valid-tags.sh
source "${_DEVTOOLS_LIBRARY_DIR}"/lib/valid-tags.sh
# shellcheck source=src/lib/valid-repos.sh
source "${_DEVTOOLS_LIBRARY_DIR}"/lib/valid-repos.sh
# shellcheck source=src/lib/valid-inspect.sh
source "${_DEVTOOLS_LIBRARY_DIR}"/lib/valid-inspect.sh
# shellcheck source=src/lib/valid-search.sh
source "${_DEVTOOLS_LIBRARY_DIR}"/lib/valid-search.sh
# shellcheck source=src/lib/valid-version.sh
source "${_DEVTOOLS_LIBRARY_DIR}"/lib/valid-version.sh
# shellcheck source=src/lib/valid-issue.sh
source "${_DEVTOOLS_LIBRARY_DIR}"/lib/valid-issue.sh
_colors=(never always auto)
_archbuild_args=(
'-c[Recreate the chroot before building]'
'-r[Create chroots in this directory]:base_dir:_files -/'
'-h[Display usage]'
'--[Introduce makechrootpkg options]:*::makechrootpkg options:= _dispatch makechrootpkg makechrootpkg'
)
_pkgctl_auth_cmds=(
"pkgctl auth command"
"login[Authenticate with the GitLab instance]"
"status[View authentication status]"
)
_pkgctl_auth_login_args=(
'(-g --gen-access-token)'{-g,--gen-access-token}'[Open the URL to generate a new personal access token]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
)
_pkgctl_auth_status_args=(
'(-t --show-token)'{-t,--show-token}'[Display the auth token]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
)
_pkgctl_build_args=(
"--arch[Specify architectures to build for (disables auto-detection)]:arch:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_BINARY_ARCHES[*])"
"--repo[Specify a target repository (disables auto-detection)]:repo:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_REPOS[*])"
'(-s --staging)'{-s,--staging}'[Build against the staging counterpart of the auto-detected repo]'
'(-t --testing)'{-t,--testing}'[Build against the testing counterpart of the auto-detected repo]'
'(-o --offload)'{-o,--offload}'[Build on a remote server and transfer artifacts afterwards]'
'(-c --clean)'{-c,--clean}'[Recreate the chroot before building]'
"--inspect[Spawn an interactive shell to inspect the chroot (never, always, failure)]:inspect:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_INSPECT_MODES[*])"
'*'{-I,--install-to-chroot}'[Install a package to the working copy of the chroot]:target:_files -g "*.pkg.tar.*(.)"'
'*'{-i,--install-to-host}"[Install the built packages to the host system]:mode:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_BUILD_INSTALL[*])"
'(-w --worker)'{-w,--worker}'[Name of the worker slot, useful for concurrent builds (disables auto-detection)]:slot:'
'--nocheck[Do not run the check() function in the PKGBUILD]'
'--pkgver=[Set pkgver, reset pkgrel and update checksums]:pkgver:'
'--pkgrel=[Set pkgrel to a given value]:pkgrel:'
'--rebuild[Increment the pkgrel variable]'
'--update-checksums[Force computation and update of the checksums (disables auto-detection)]'
'(-e --edit)'{-e,--edit}'[Edit the PKGBUILD before building]'
'(-r --release)'{-r,--release}'[Automatically commit, tag and release after building]'
'(-m --message)'{-m,--message}"[Use the given <msg> as the commit message]:message:"
'(-u --db-update)'{-u,--db-update}'[Automatically update the pacman database as last action]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
'*:git_dir:_files -/'
)
_pkgctl_db_cmds=(
"pkgctl db command"
"move[Move packages between pacman repositories]"
"remove[Remove packages from pacman repositories]"
"update[Update the pacman database as final release step]"
)
_pkgctl_db_move_args=(
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
"1:src-repo:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_REPOS[*])"
"2:target-repo:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_REPOS[*])"
'*:pkgbase:_devtools_completions_all_packages'
)
_pkgctl_db_remove_args=(
'--partial[Remove only partial pkgnames from a split package]'
'--noconfirm[Bypass any confirmation messages, should only be used with caution]'
'(-a --arch)'{-a,--arch}"[Override the architecture (disables auto-detection)]:arch:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_BINARY_ARCHES[*])"
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
"1:repo:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_REPOS[*])"
'*:pkgbase:_devtools_completions_all_packages'
)
_pkgctl_db_update_args=(
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
)
_pkgctl_issue_cmds=(
"pkgctl issue command"
"close[Close an issue]"
"comment[Comment on an issue]"
"create[Create a new issue]"
"edit[Edit and modify an issue]"
"list[List project or group issues]"
"move[Move an issue to another project]"
"reopen[Reopen a closed issue]"
"view[Display information about an issue]"
)
_pkgctl_issue_close_args=(
'(-p --package)'{-p,--package}'[Interact with <pkgbase> instead of the current directory]:pkgbase:_devtools_completions_all_packages'
'(-m --message)'{-m,--message}'[Use the provided message as the comment]:message:'
'(-e --edit)'{-e,--edit}'[Edit the comment using an editor]'
'(-r --resolution)'{-r,--resolution}"[Set a specific resolution label]:resolution:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_RESOLUTION[*])"
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
"1:issue_iid:"
)
_pkgctl_issue_comment_args=(
'(-p --package)'{-p,--package}'[Interact with <pkgbase> instead of the current directory]:pkgbase:_devtools_completions_all_packages'
'(-m --message)'{-m,--message}'[Use the provided message as the comment]:message:'
'(-e --edit)'{-e,--edit}'[Edit the comment using an editor]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
"1:issue_iid:"
)
_pkgctl_issue_create_args=(
'(-p --package)'{-p,--package}'[Interact with <pkgbase> instead of the current directory]:pkgbase:_devtools_completions_all_packages'
'(-t --title)'{-t,--title}'[Use the provided title for the issue]:title:'
'(-F --file)'{-F,--file}'[Take issue description from <file>]:file:_files'
'(-e --edit)'{-e,--edit}'[Edit the issue title and description using an editor]'
'(-w --web)'{-w,--web}'[Continue issue creation with the web interface]'
"--recover[Automatically recover from a failed run]"
"--confidentiality[Set the issue confidentiality]:confidential:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_CONFIDENTIALITY[*])"
"--priority[Set the priority label]:priority:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_PRIORITY[*])"
"--scope[Set the scope label]:scope:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_SCOPE[*])"
"--severity[Set the severity label]:severity:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_SEVERITY[*])"
"--status[Set the status label]:status:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_STATUS[*])"
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
)
_pkgctl_issue_edit_args=(
'(-p --package)'{-p,--package}'[Interact with <pkgbase> instead of the current directory]:pkgbase:_devtools_completions_all_packages'
'(-t --title)'{-t,--title}'[Use the provided title for the issue]:title:'
'(-e --edit)'{-e,--edit}'[Edit the issue title and description using an editor]'
"--recover[Automatically recover from a failed run]"
"--confidentiality[Set the issue confidentiality]:confidential:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_CONFIDENTIALITY[*])"
"--priority[Set the priority label]:priority:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_PRIORITY[*])"
"--resolution[Set the resolution label]:resolution:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_RESOLUTION[*])"
"--scope[Set the scope label]:scope:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_SCOPE[*])"
"--severity[Set the severity label]:severity:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_SEVERITY[*])"
"--status[Set the status label]:status:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_STATUS[*])"
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
"1:issue_iid:"
)
_pkgctl_issue_list_args=(
'(-g --group)'{-g,--group}'[Get issues from the whole packaging subgroup]'
'(-w --web)'{-w,--web}'[View results in a browser]'
'(-A --all)'{-A,--all}'[Get all issues including closed]'
'(-c --closed)'{-c,--closed}'[Get only closed issues]'
'(-U --unconfirmed)'{-U,--unconfirmed}'[Shorthand to filter by unconfirmed status label]'
'--search[Search in the fields defined by --in]:search:'
"--in[Search in title or description]:location:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_SEARCH_LOCATION[*])"
"--confidentiality[Filter by confidentiality]:confidential:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_CONFIDENTIALITY[*])"
"--priority[Shorthand to filter by priority label]:priority:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_PRIORITY[*])"
"--resolution[Shorthand to filter by resolution label]:resolution:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_RESOLUTION[*])"
"--scope[Shorthand to filter by scope label]:scope:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_SCOPE[*])"
"--severity[Shorthand to filter by severity label]:severity:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_SEVERITY[*])"
"--status[Shorthand to filter by status label]:status:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ISSUE_STATUS[*])"
'--assignee[Filter issues assigned to the given username]:username:'
'--assigned-to-me[Shorthand to filter issues assigned to you]'
'--author[Filter issues authored by the given username]:username:'
'--created-by-me[Shorthand to filter issues created by you]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
'*:pkgbase:_devtools_completions_all_packages'
)
_pkgctl_issue_move_args=(
'(-p --package)'{-p,--package}'[Interact with <pkgbase> instead of the current directory]:pkgbase:_devtools_completions_all_packages'
'(-m --message)'{-m,--message}'[Use the provided message as the comment]:message:'
'(-e --edit)'{-e,--edit}'[Edit the comment using an editor]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
"1:issue_iid:"
'1:pkgbase:_devtools_completions_all_packages'
)
_pkgctl_issue_reopen_args=(
'(-p --package)'{-p,--package}'[Interact with <pkgbase> instead of the current directory]:pkgbase:_devtools_completions_all_packages'
'(-m --message)'{-m,--message}'[Use the provided message as the comment]:message:'
'(-e --edit)'{-e,--edit}'[Edit the comment using an editor]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
"1:issue_iid:"
)
_pkgctl_issue_view_args=(
'(-p --package)'{-p,--package}'[Interact with <pkgbase> instead of the current directory]:pkgbase:_devtools_completions_all_packages'
'(-c --comments)'{-c,--comments}'[Show issue comments and activities]'
'(-w --web)'{-w,--web}'[View results in a browser]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
"1:issue_iid:"
)
_pkgctl_release_args=(
'(-m --message)'{-m,--message}"[Use the given <msg> as the commit message]:message:"
'(-r --repo)'{-r,--repo}"[Specify a target repository for new packages]:repo:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_REPOS[*])"
'(-s --staging)'{-s,--staging}'[Release to the staging counterpart of the auto-detected repo]'
'(-t --testing)'{-t,--testing}'[Release to the testing counterpart of the auto-detected repo]'
'(-u --db-update)'{-u,--db-update}'[Automatically update the pacman database after uploading]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
'*:git_dir:_files -/'
)
_pkgctl_aur_cmds=(
"pkgctl aur command"
"drop-from-repo[Drop a package from the official repository to the AUR]"
)
_pkgctl_aur_drop_from_repo_args=(
'(-f --force)'{-f,--force}'[Force push to the AUR overwriting the remote repository]'
'--no-disown[Do not disown the package on the AUR]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
'*:git_dir:_files -/'
)
_pkgctl_repo_cmds=(
"pkgctl repo command"
"clean[Remove untracked files from the working tree]"
"clone[Clone a package repository]"
"configure[Configure a clone according to distro specs]"
"create[Create a new GitLab package repository]"
"switch[Switch a package repository to a specified version]"
"web[Open the packaging repository's website]"
)
_pkgctl_repo_switch_args=(
'(-f --force --discard-changes)'{-f,--force,--discard-changes}'[Discard changes if index or working tree is dirty]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
'1:version'
'*:git_dir:_files -/'
)
_pkgctl_repo_clean_args=(
'(-i --interactive)'{-i,--interactive}'[Show what would be done and clean files interactively]'
'(-n --dry-run)'{-n,--dry-run}"[Don't remove anything, just show what would be done]"
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
'*:git_dir:_files -/'
)
_pkgctl_repo_clone_args=(
'(-m --maintainer=)'{-m,--maintainer=}'[Clone all packages of the named maintainer]:maintainer:'
'--protocol[Clone the repository over https]:proto:(https)'
'--switch=[Switch the current working tree to a specified version]'
'--universe[Clone all existing packages, useful for cache warming]'
'(-j --jobs)'{-j,--jobs}'[Run up to N jobs in parallel (default: number of processing units)]:jobs:'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
'*:packages:_devtools_completions_all_packages'
)
_pkgctl_repo_configure_args=(
'--protocol[Configure remote url to use https]:proto:(https)'
'(-j --jobs)'{-j,--jobs}'[Run up to N jobs in parallel (default: number of processing units)]:jobs:'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
'*:git_dir:_files -/'
)
_pkgctl_repo_create_args=(
'(-c --clone)'{-c,--clone}'[Clone the Git repository after creation]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
'1:pkgbase'
)
_pkgctl_repo_web_args=(
'--print[Print the url instead of opening it with xdg-open]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
'*:git_dir:_files -/'
)
_pkgctl_search_args=(
'--no-default-filter[Do not apply default filter (like -path:keys/pgp/*.asc)]'
'--json[Enable printing results in JSON]'
'(-F --format)'{-F,--format}"[Controls the formatting of the results]:format:($valid_search_output_format[*])"
'(-N --no-line-number)'{-N,--no-line-number}"[Don't show line numbers when formatting results]"
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
'1:query'
)
_arch_nspawn_args=(
'-C[Location of a pacman config file]:pacman_config:_files -g "*.conf(.)"'
'-M[Location of a makepkg config file]:makepkg_config:_files -g "*.conf(.)"'
'*-c[Set pacman cache]:pacman_cache:_files -/'
'*-f[Copy file from the host to the chroot]:copy_file:_files'
'-s[Do not run setarch]'
'-h[Display usage]'
'1:chroot_dir:_files -/'
)
_archrelease_args=(
'-f[Force release without checks]'
"*:arch:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_TAGS[*])"
)
_commitpkg_args=(
'-f[Force release without checks]'
'-s[Target repo server]'
'-l[Set bandwidth limit]:limit'
"-a[Release to a specific architecture only]:arch:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_ARCHES[*])"
'1:commit_msg'
)
_diffpkg_args=(
'(-l --list)'{-l,--list}'[Tar content list diff mode]'
'(-d --diffoscope)'{-d,--diffoscope}'[Diffoscope diff mode]'
'(-p --pkginfo)'{-p,--pkginfo}'[.PKGINFO diff mode]'
'(-b --buildinfo)'{-b,--buildinfo}'[.BUILDINFO diff mode]'
'(-m --makepkg-config)'{-m,--makepkg-config}'[Location of a makepkg config file]:makepkg_config:_files -g "*.conf(.)"'
'(-u -U --unified)'{-u,-U,--unified}'[Output 3 lines of unified context]'
'(-y --side-by-side)'{-y,--side-by-side}'[Output in two columns]'
'--color=[Color output]:when:($_colors[*])'
'(-W --width=)'{-W,--width=}'[Output at most NUM print columns]:num:(auto columns)'
'(-P --pool=)'{-P,--pool=}'[pool directory]:dir:_files -/'
'(-v --verbose)'{-v,--verbose}'[Provide more detailed/unfiltered output]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
'*:packages:_devtools_completions_all_packages'
)
_finddeps_args=(
'1:packages:_devtools_completions_all_packages'
)
_makechrootpkg_args=(
'-h[Display usage]'
'-c[Clean the chroot before building]'
'*-d[Bind directory into build chroot as read-write]:bind_dir_rw:_files -/'
'*-D[Bind directory into build chroot as read-only]:bind_dir_ro:_files -/'
'*-t[Mount a tmpfs at directory]:tmpfs_dir:_files -/'
'-u[Update the working copy of the chroot before building]'
'-r[The chroot dir to use]:chroot_dir:_files -/'
'*-I[Install a package into the working copy]:target:_files -g "*.pkg.tar.*(.)"'
'-l[The directory to use as the working copy]:copy_dir:_files -/'
'-n[Run namcap on the package]'
'-T[Build in a temporary directory]'
'-U[Run makepkg as a specified user]:makepkg_user'
"-x[Spawn an interactive shell to inspect the chroot (never, always, failure)]:inspect:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_INSPECT_MODES[*])"
)
_mkarchroot_args=(
'-U[Install a package into the working copy]:target:_files -g "*.pkg.tar.*(.)"'
'-C[Location of a pacman config file]:pacman_config:_files -g "*.conf(.)"'
'-M[Location of a makepkg config file]:makepkg_config:_files -g "*.conf(.)"'
'-c[Set pacman cache]:pacman_cache:_files -/'
'-f[Copy src file from the host to the chroot]:target:_files -/'
'-h[Display usage]'
'1:working_dir:_files -/'
'*:packages:_devtools_completions_all_packages'
)
_checkpkg_args=(
'(-r --rmdir)'{-r,--rmdir}'[Remove the temporary directory]'
'(-w --warn)'{-w,--warn}'[Print a warning in case of differences]'
'(-M --makepkg-config)'{-M,--makepkg-config}'[Location of a makepkg config file]:makepkg_config:_files -g "*.conf(.)"'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
)
_sogrep_args=(
'(-v --verbose)'{-v,--verbose}'[Show matched links in addition to pkgname]'
'(-r --refresh)'{-r,--refresh}'[Refresh the links databases]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
'1:repo:(all $DEVTOOLS_VALID_REPOS[*])'
'2:libname'
)
_offload_build_args=(
'(-r --repo)'{-r,--repo}'[Build against a specific repository]:repo:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_BUILDREPOS[*])'
'(-a --arch)'{-a,--arch}'[Build against a specific architecture]:arch:(${DEVTOOLS_VALID_BINARY_ARCHES[*]})'
'(-s --server)'{-s,--server}'[Offload to a specific Build server]:server:'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
)
_makerepropkg_args=(
'-d[Run diffoscope if the package is unreproducible]'
'-n[Do not run the check() function in the PKGBUILD]'
'-c[Set pacman cache]:pacman_cache:_files -/'
'-M[Location of a makepkg config file]:makepkg_config:_files -g "*.conf(.)"'
'-h[Display usage]'
'*:working_dir:_files -g "*.pkg.tar.*(.)"'
)
_devtools_completions_all_packages() {
typeset -U packages
packages=($(_call_program packages pacman -Sql))
compadd - "${(@)packages}"
}
_pkgctl_cmds=(
"pkgctl command"
"aur[Interact with the Arch User Repository (AUR)]"
"auth[Authenticate with services like GitLab]"
"build[Build packages inside a clean chroot]"
"db[Pacman database modification for package update, move etc]"
"diff[Compare package files using different modes]"
"issue[Work with GitLab packaging issues]"
"license[Check and manage package license compliance]"
"release[Release step to commit, tag and upload build artifacts]"
"repo[Manage Git packaging repositories and their configuration]"
"search[Search for an expression across the GitLab packaging group]"
"version[Check and manage package versions against upstream]"
)
_pkgctl_args=(
'(-V --version)'{-V,--version}'[Show pkgctl version information]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
)
_pkgctl_license_cmds=(
"pkgctl license command"
"check[Checks package licensing compliance using REUSE]"
"setup[Automatically detect and setup a basic REUSE config]"
)
_pkgctl_license_check_args=(
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
'*:git_dir:_files -/'
)
_pkgctl_license_setup_args=(
'(-f --force)'{-f,--force}'[Overwrite existing REUSE config]'
'--no-check[Do not run license check after setup]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
'*:git_dir:_files -/'
)
_pkgctl_version_cmds=(
"pkgctl version command"
"check[Compares local package versions against upstream versions]"
"setup[Automatically detect and setup a basic nvchecker config]"
"upgrade[Adjust the PKGBUILD to match the latest upstream version]"
)
_pkgctl_version_check_args=(
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
'(-v --verbose)'{-v,--verbose}'[Display all results including up-to-date versions]'
'--json[Enable printing results in JSON]'
'(-F --format)'{-F,--format}"[Controls the output format of the results]:format:($DEVTOOLS_VALID_VERSION_OUTPUT_FORMAT[*])"
'*:git_dir:_files -/'
)
_pkgctl_version_setup_args=(
'(-f --force)'{-f,--force}'[Do not prompt before overwriting]'
'--prefer-platform-api[Prefer platform specific GitHub/GitLab API for complex cases]'
'--url[Derive check target from URL instead of source array]:url:'
'--no-check[Do not run version check after setup]'
'--no-upstream[Setup a blank config for packages without upstream sources]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
'*:git_dir:_files -/'
)
_pkgctl_version_upgrade_args=(
'--no-update-checksums[Disable computation and update of the checksums]'
'(-v --verbose)'{-v,--verbose}'[Display results including up-to-date versions]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
'*:git_dir:_files -/'
)
_pkgctl_diff_args=("${_diffpkg_args[@]}")
_handle_subcommands() {
local service_name=${1}
if typeset -p ${service_name}_cmds &> /dev/null; then
_arguments -C \
"1: :->cmds" \
'*::arg:->args'
case $state in
cmds)
if [[ "${line[-1]}" == -* ]] && typeset -p ${service_name}_args &> /dev/null; then
local argname="${service_name}_args[@]"
_arguments -s "${(P)argname}"
else
local service_cmds=${service_name}_cmds[@]
_values "${(P)service_cmds}"
fi
;;
args)
local service_sub=${service_name}_${line[1]//-/_}
if typeset -p ${service_sub}_args &> /dev/null; then
local cmd_args=${service_sub}_args[@]
_arguments -s "${(P)cmd_args}"
elif typeset -p ${service_sub}_cmds &> /dev/null; then
_handle_subcommands "${service_sub}"
fi
;;
esac
elif typeset -p ${service_name}_args &> /dev/null; then
local argname="${service_name}_args[@]"
_arguments -s "${(P)argname}"
fi
}
_devtools() {
_handle_subcommands _${service//-/_}
}
_devtools

View File

@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/bash
# License: Unspecified
m4_include(lib/common.sh)
scriptname=${0##*/}
if [[ -z $1 ]]; then
printf 'Usage: %s [pkgbase]\n' "$scriptname"
exit 1
fi
pkgbase="${1}"
case $scriptname in
extra2community)
source_name='packages'
target_name='community'
source_repo='extra'
target_repo='community'
;;
community2extra)
source_name='community'
target_name='packages'
source_repo='community'
target_repo='extra'
;;
*)
die "Couldn't find configuration for %s" "$scriptname"
;;
esac
server='repos.archlinux.org'
source_svn="svn+ssh://svn-${source_name}@${server}/srv/repos/svn-${source_name}/svn"
target_svn="svn+ssh://svn-${target_name}@${server}/srv/repos/svn-${target_name}/svn"
source_dbscripts="/srv/repos/svn-${source_name}/dbscripts"
target_dbscripts="/srv/repos/svn-${target_name}/dbscripts"
setup_workdir
pushd "$WORKDIR" >/dev/null
msg "Downloading sources for %s" "${pkgbase}"
svn -q checkout -N "${target_svn}" target_checkout
mkdir -p "target_checkout/${pkgbase}/repos"
svn -q export "${source_svn}/${pkgbase}/trunk" "target_checkout/${pkgbase}/trunk" || die
# shellcheck source=PKGBUILD.proto
. "target_checkout/${pkgbase}/trunk/PKGBUILD"
msg "Downloading packages for %s" "${pkgbase}"
for _arch in "${arch[@]}"; do
if [[ "${_arch[*]}" == 'any' ]]; then
repo_arch='x86_64'
else
repo_arch=${_arch}
fi
for _pkgname in "${pkgname[@]}"; do
fullver=$(get_full_version "$_pkgname")
pkgpath="/srv/ftp/$source_repo/os/$repo_arch/$_pkgname-$fullver-${_arch}.pkg.tar.*"
# shellcheck disable=2029
ssh "$server" "cp $pkgpath staging/$target_repo" || die
done
done
msg "Adding %s to %s" "${pkgbase}" "${target_repo}"
svn -q add "target_checkout/${pkgbase}"
svn -q commit -m"${scriptname}: Moving ${pkgbase} from ${source_repo} to ${target_repo}" target_checkout
pushd "target_checkout/${pkgbase}/trunk" >/dev/null
archrelease "${arch[@]/#/$target_repo-}" || die
popd >/dev/null
# shellcheck disable=2029
ssh "${server}" "${target_dbscripts}/db-update" || die
msg "Removing %s from %s" "${pkgbase}" "${source_repo}"
for _arch in "${arch[@]}"; do
# shellcheck disable=2029
ssh "${server}" "${source_dbscripts}/db-remove ${source_repo} ${_arch} ${pkgbase}"
done
svn -q checkout -N "${source_svn}" source_checkout
svn -q up "source_checkout/${pkgbase}"
svn -q rm "source_checkout/${pkgbase}"
svn -q commit -m"${scriptname}: Moving ${pkgbase} from ${source_repo} to ${target_repo}" source_checkout
popd >/dev/null

12
data/LICENSE Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
Copyright Arch Linux Contributors
Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for
any purpose with or without fee is hereby granted.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL
WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE
FOR ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY
DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN
AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT
OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

View File

@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
## linkman: macro
# Inspired by/borrowed from the GIT source tree at Documentation/asciidoc.conf
#
# Usage: linkman:command[manpage-section]
#
# Note, {0} is the manpage section, while {target} is the command.
#
# Show man link as: <command>(<section>); if section is defined, else just show
# the command.
[macros]
(?su)[\\]?(?P<name>linkman):(?P<target>\S*?)\[(?P<attrlist>.*?)\]=
[attributes]
asterisk=&#42;
plus=&#43;
caret=&#94;
startsb=&#91;
endsb=&#93;
backslash=&#92;
tilde=&#126;
apostrophe=&#39;
backtick=&#96;
litdd=&#45;&#45;
ifdef::backend-docbook[]
[linkman-inlinemacro]
{0%{target}}
{0#<citerefentry>}
{0#<refentrytitle>{target}</refentrytitle><manvolnum>{0}</manvolnum>}
{0#</citerefentry>}
endif::backend-docbook[]
ifdef::backend-xhtml11[]
[linkman-inlinemacro]
<a href="{target}.{0}.html">{target}{0?({0})}</a>
endif::backend-xhtml11[]

View File

@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
Bugs
----
Bugs can be reported on the bug tracker 'https://bugs.archlinux.org' in the Arch
Linux category and title prefixed with [devtools] or via
mailto:arch-projects@archlinux.org[].
Authors
-------
Maintainers:
* Aaron Griffin <aaronmgriffin@gmail.com>
* Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
* Bartłomiej Piotrowski <bpiotrowski@archlinux.org>
* Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
* Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
* Evangelos Foutras <evangelos@foutrelis.com>
* Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig) <jan.steffens@gmail.com>
* Jelle van der Waa <jelle@archlinux.org>
* Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
* Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
* Sébastien Luttringer <seblu@seblu.net>
* Sven-Hendrik Haase <svenstaro@gmail.com>
* Thomas Bächler <thomas@archlinux.org>
For additional contributors, use `git shortlog -s` on the devtools.git
repository.

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
arch-nspawn(1)
==============
Name
----
arch-nspawn - Run a command or OS in a light-weight namespace container
Synopsis
--------
arch-nspawn [options] working-dir [systemd-nspawn arguments]
Description
-----------
'arch-nspawn' is a wrapper around systemd-nspawn to run command or OS in a
namespace container such as a directory including base utilities of a OS.
It is used to build package(s) in given clean and defined environment.
Options
-------
*-C* <file>::
Location of a pacman config file
*-M* <file>::
Location of a makepkg config file. Specific additions (e.g. build flags for
additional languages) can be placed in '<file>.d/*.conf'.
*-c* <dir>::
Set pacman cache, if no directory is specified the passed pacman.conf's cachedir is used with a fallback to '/etc/pacman.conf'
*-f* <src>[:<dst>]::
Copy file from the host to the chroot.
If 'dst' is not provided, it defaults to 'src' inside of the chroot.
*-s*::
Do not run setarch
*-h*::
Show this usage message
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
archbuild(1)
============
Name
----
archbuild - a script to build an Arch Linux package inside a clean chroot.
Synopsis
--------
archbuild [options] -- [makechrootpkg args]
Description
-----------
'archbuild' is a script to build an Arch Linux package. archbuild is part of devtools but should only be used via one of the included symlinks:
* extra-x86_64-build
* gnome-unstable-x86_64-build
* kde-unstable-x86_64-build
* multilib-build
* multilib-staging-build
* multilib-testing-build
* staging-x86_64-build
* testing-x86_64-build
The symlink used to run it will be inspected by archbuild, to determine which target you want it to use. It will load the available pacman configuration from 'reponame-arch.conf' with a fallback to 'reponame.conf' from {pkgdatadir}/pacman.conf.d. The makepkg configuration is loaded from 'repo-arch.conf' with a fallback to 'reponame.conf' from {pkgdatadir}/makepkg.conf.d.
It will also load the bind mount configuration from 'mount.d/arch' in {pkgdatadir}. The file format is that each line starting with ro and rw will be used, other lines will be ignored, and the rest of the used line is out/path:in/path preceded by a space as a separator. ro means it is a read-only mount, rw means a read-write mount.
Options
-------
*-h*::
Output command line options.
*-c*::
Recreate the chroot before building.
*-r* <dir>::
Create chroots in this directory.
See Also
--------
devtools(7)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -29,12 +29,15 @@ Options
*-w, --warn*::
Print a warning instead of a regular message in case of soname differences.
*-M, --makepkg-config*::
Set an alternate makepkg configuration file.
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
See Also
--------
linkman:find-libprovides[1]
find-libprovides(1)
include::footer.asciidoc[]
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
devtools(7)
===========
Name
----
devtools - Developer tools for the Arch Linux distribution
Description
-----------
Devtools contains tools for package maintenance in Arch Linux. It comes with a
unified command-line frontend called 'pkgctl' that aids to conveniently
interact with all the different tools this collection provides.
The toolset varies from tools for building packages in a clean chroot
('mkarchroot', 'archbuild', ...), packaging related tools ('sogrep', 'diffpkg',
'lddd') and tools for repository management such as ('pkgrepo').
Programs
--------
The list below gives a short overview; see the respective documentation
for details.
pkgctl(1)
Unified command-line frontend for devtools
archbuild(1)
Build an Arch Linux package inside a clean chroot
arch-nspawn(1)
Run a command or OS in a light-weight namespace container
checkpkg(1)
Compare the current build package with the repository version
diffpkg(1)
Compare package files using different modes
export-pkgbuild-keys(1)
Export valid source signing keys from a PKGBUILD
find-libdeps(1)
Find soname dependencies for a package
find-libprovides(1)
Find soname's which are provided by a package
lddd(1)
Find broken library links on your system
mkarchroot(1)
Creates an arch chroot in a specified location with a specified set of
packages
makechrootpkg(1)
Build a PKGBUILD in a given chroot environment
makerepropkg(1)
Rebuild a package to see if it is reproducible
offload-build(1)
Build a PKGBUILD on a remote server using makechrootpkg
sogrep(1)
Find packages using a linked to a given shared library
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
diffpkg(1)
==========
Name
----
diffpkg - Compare package files using different modes.
Synopsis
--------
diffpkg [OPTIONS] [MODES] [FILE|PKGNAME...]
Description
-----------
Searches for a locally built package corresponding to the PKGBUILD, and
downloads the last version of that package from the Pacman repositories.
It then compares the package archives using different modes while using
simple tar content list by default.
When given one package, use it to diff against the locally built one.
When given two packages, diff both packages against each other.
In either case, a package name will be converted to a filename from the
cache or pool, and diffpkg will proceed as though this filename was initially
specified.
Options
-------
*-M, --makepkg-config*::
Set an alternate makepkg configuration file
*-P, --pool*='DIR'::
Search diff target in pool dir (default `'/srv/ftp/pool'`)
*-v, --verbose*::
Provide more detailed/unfiltered output
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
Output Options
--------------
*--color*[='WHEN']::
Color output; 'WHEN' is `'never'`, `'always'`, or `'auto'`; Plain *--color* means *--color='auto'*
*-u, -U, --unified*::
Output 3 lines of unified context
*-y, --side-by-side*::
Output in two columns
*-W, --width*[='NUM']::
Output at most 'NUM' (default `'auto'`) print columns; 'NUM' can be `'auto'`, `'columns'` or a number.
`'auto'` will be resolved to the maximum line length of both files, guaranteeing the diff to be uncut.
Modes
-----
*-l, --list*::
Activate tar content list diff mode (default)
*-d, --diffoscope*::
Activate diffoscope diff mode
*-p, --pkginfo*::
Activate .PKGINFO diff mode
*-b, --buildinfo*::
Activate .BUILDINFO diff mode
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
export-pkgbuild-keys(1)
=======================
Name
----
export-pkgbuild-keys - Export valid source signing keys from a PKGBUILD
Synopsis
--------
export-pkgbuild-keys
Description
-----------
Export the PGP keys from a PKGBUILDs validpgpkeys array into the keys/pgp/
subdirectory. Useful for distributing packager validated source signing
keys alongside PKGBUILDs.
Options
-------
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text.
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -21,4 +21,4 @@ Options
Ignore internal libraries.
include::footer.asciidoc[]
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -21,4 +21,4 @@ Options
*--ignore-internal*::
Ignore internal libraries.
include::footer.asciidoc[]
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
Homepage
--------
'https://gitlab.archlinux.org/archlinux/devtools'
Please report bugs and feature requests in the issue tracker. Please do your best to provide a reproducible test case for bugs.

View File

@@ -20,6 +20,6 @@ collected data is written to a temporary directory created by mktemp.
See Also
--------
linkman:ldd[1]
ldd(1)
include::footer.asciidoc[]
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
makechrootpkg(1)
================
Name
----
makechrootpkg - Build a PKGBUILD in a given chroot environment
Synopsis
--------
makechrootpkg [OPTIONS] -r <chrootdir> [--] [makepkg args]
Description
-----------
Run this script in a directory containing a PKGBUILD to build a package
inside a clean chroot. Arguments passed to this script after the
end-of-options marker (--) will be passed to makepkg.
The chroot dir consists of the following directories:
<chrootdir>/{root, copy} but only "root" is required
by default. The working copy will be created as needed
The chroot "root" directory must be created via the following
command:
mkarchroot <chrootdir>/root base-devel
This script reads {SRC,SRCPKG,PKG,LOG}DEST, MAKEFLAGS and PACKAGER
from makepkg.conf(5), if those variables are not part of the
environment.
Default makepkg args: --syncdeps --noconfirm --log --holdver --skipinteg
Options
-------
*-h*::
Show this usage message
*-c*::
Clean the chroot before building
*-d* <dir>::
Bind directory into build chroot as read-write
*-D* <dir>::
Bind directory into build chroot as read-only
*-t* <dir>[:opts]::
Mount a tmpfs at 'dir'. See the '--tmpfs' argument in systemd-nspawn(1) for more details.
*-u*::
Update the working copy of the chroot before building
This is useful for rebuilds without dirtying the pristine
chroot
*-r* <dir>::
The chroot dir to use
*-I* <pkg>::
Install a package into the working copy of the chroot
*-l* <copy>::
The directory to use as the working copy of the chroot
Useful for maintaining multiple copies
Default: $USER
*-n*::
Run namcap on the build package
*-C*::
Run checkpkg on the build package
*-T*::
Build in a temporary directory
*-U*::
Run makepkg as a specified user
*-x* <when>::
Inspect chroot after build, possible modes are 'never' (default), 'always' or 'failure'
See Also
--------
systemd-nspawn(1)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
makerepropkg(1)
================
===============
Name
----
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ makerepropkg - Rebuild a package to see if it is reproducible
Synopsis
--------
makerepropkg [OPTIONS] <package_file>...
makerepropkg [OPTIONS] [<package_file|pkgname>...]
Description
-----------
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Given the path to a built pacman package(s), attempt to rebuild it using the
PKGBUILD in the current directory. The package will be built in an environment
as closely matching the environment of the initial package as possible, by
building up a chroot to match the information exposed in the package's
linkman:BUILDINFO[5] manifest. On success, the resulting package will be
BUILDINFO(5) manifest. On success, the resulting package will be
compared to the input package, and makerepropkg will report whether the
artifacts are identical.
@@ -24,6 +24,15 @@ When given multiple packages, additional package files are assumed to be split
packages and will be treated as additional artifacts to compare during the
verification step.
A valid target(s) for pacman -S can be specified instead, and makerepropkg will
download it to the cache if needed. This is mostly useful to specify which
repository to retrieve from. If no positional arguments are specified, the
targets will be sourced from the PKGBUILD.
In either case, the package name will be converted to a filename from the
cache, and makerepropkg will proceed as though this filename was initially
specified.
This implements a verifier for pacman/libalpm packages in accordance with the
link:https://reproducible-builds.org/[Reproducible Builds] project.
@@ -33,13 +42,22 @@ Options
*-d*::
If packages are not reproducible, compare them using diffoscope.
*-n*::
Do not run the check() function in the PKGBUILD.
*-c*::
Set the pacman cache directory.
*-M* <file>::
Location of a makepkg config file.
Location of a makepkg config file. Specific additions (e.g. build flags for
additional languages) can be placed in '<file>.d/*.conf'.
*-l* <chroot>::
The directory name to use as the chroot namespace
Useful for maintaining multiple copies
Default: $USER
*-h*::
Show this usage message
include::footer.asciidoc[]
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
mkarchroot(1)
==============
=============
Name
----
@@ -32,8 +32,9 @@ Options
*-c* <dir>::
Set pacman cache.
*-f* <file>::
*-f* <src>[:<dst>]::
Copy file from the host to the chroot.
If 'dst' is not provided, it defaults to 'src' inside of the chroot.
*-s*::
Do not run setarch.
@@ -44,6 +45,6 @@ Options
See Also
--------
linkman:pacman[1]
pacman(1)
include::footer.asciidoc[]
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Options
architecture officially supported by Arch Linux.
*-s, --server* <hostname>::
Offload to a specific build server. The default is dragon.archlinux.org
Offload to a specific build server. The default is build.archlinux.org
which is used as part of the build toolchain for the official Arch Linux
repos.
@@ -49,4 +49,4 @@ Example: To use a second `testing-x86_64-build` instance with another copydir:
`offload-build -r testing -- -- -l <chroot_copy>`
include::footer.asciidoc[]
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
pkgctl-aur-drop-from-repo(1)
============================
Name
----
pkgctl-aur-drop-from-repo - Drop a package from the official repository to the AUR
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl aur drop-from-repo [OPTIONS] [PATH]...
Description
-----------
Drops a specified package from the official repositories to the Arch User
Repository.
This command requires a local Git clone of the package repository. It
reconfigures the repository for AUR compatibility and pushes it to the
AUR. Afterwards, the package is removed from the official repository.
By default, the package is automatically disowned in the AUR.
Options
-------
*--no-disown*::
Do not disown the package on the AUR
*-f, --force*::
Force push to the AUR overwriting the remote repository
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
See Also
--------
pkgctl-db-remove(1)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
pkgctl-aur(1)
=============
Name
----
pkgctl-aur - Interact with the Arch User Repository (AUR)
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl aur [OPTIONS] [SUBCOMMAND]
Description
-----------
Provides a suite of tools designed for managing and interacting with the Arch
User Repository (AUR). It simplifies various tasks related to AUR, including
importing repositories, managing packages, and transitioning packages between
the official repositories and the AUR.
Options
-------
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
Subcommands
-----------
pkgctl aur drop-from-repo::
Drop a package from the official repository to the AUR
See Also
--------
pkgctl-aur-drop-from-repo(1)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
pkgctl-auth-login(1)
====================
Name
----
pkgctl-auth-login - Authenticate with the GitLab instance
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl auth login [OPTIONS]
Description
-----------
Interactively authenticate with the GitLab instance.
The minimum required scopes for the token are: 'api', 'write_repository'.
The GitLab API token can either be stored in a plaintext file in
'$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/devtools/gitlab.conf', or supplied via the
'DEVTOOLS_GITLAB_TOKEN' environment variable using any command (gpg, vault,
password manager) by declaring a shell alias:
$ alias pkgctl='DEVTOOLS_GITLAB_TOKEN="$(command to obtain token)" pkgctl'
Options
-------
*-g, --gen-access-token*::
Open the URL to generate a new personal access token
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
See Also
--------
pkgctl-auth-status(1)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
pkgctl-auth-status(1)
=====================
Name
----
pkgctl-auth-status - View authentication status
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl auth status [OPTIONS]
Description
-----------
Verifies and displays information about your authentication state of
services like the GitLab instance and reports issues if any.
Options
-------
*-t, --show-token*::
Display the auth token
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
See Also
--------
pkgctl-auth-login(1)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
pkgctl-auth(1)
==============
Name
----
pkgctl-auth - Authenticate with serivces like GitLab.
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl auth [OPTIONS] [SUBCOMMAND]
Description
-----------
Manage the authorization for the GitLab instance and show its current status.
Options
-------
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
Subcommands
-----------
pkgctl auth login::
Authenticate with the GitLab instance
pkgctl auth status::
View authentication status
See Also
--------
pkgctl-auth-login(1)
pkgctl-auth-status(1)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
pkgctl-build(1)
===============
Name
----
pkgctl-build - Build packages inside a clean chroot
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl build [OPTIONS] [PATH...]
Description
-----------
Build packages in clean chroot environment, offering various options
and functionalities to customize the package building process.
By default, chroot environments are located in '/var/lib/archbuild/'.
Build Options
-------------
*--arch* 'ARCH'::
Specify architectures to build for (disables auto-detection)
*--repo* 'REPO'::
Specify target repository for new packages not in any official repo.
Fallback to `'extra'` when building packages that are not present in any
official repository yet. Using this option is disallowed if the package is
already released, as it would circumvent the auto-detection safeguard.
*-s, --staging*::
Build against the staging counterpart of the auto-detected repo
*-t, --testing*::
Build against the testing counterpart of the auto-detected repo
*-o, --offload*::
Build on a remote server and transfer artifacts afterwards
*-c, --clean*::
Recreate the chroot before building
*--inspect* 'WHEN'::
Spawn an interactive shell to inspect the chroot after building. Useful to ease the debugging of a package build. +
Possible values for 'WHEN' are `'never'`, `'always'` or `'failure'`
*-w, --worker* 'SLOT'::
Name of the worker slot, useful for concurrent builds. By default the slot
is automatically assigned to the current tty pts number. In case the caller
is not a tty, choose a random slot between 1 and number of available
processing units.
*--nocheck*::
Do not run the check() function in the PKGBUILD
Install Options
---------------
*-I, --install-to-chroot* 'FILE'::
Install a package to the working copy of the chroot
*-i, --install-to-host* 'MODE'::
Install the built packages to the host system. Useful when one wants to verify that the package works as intended.
* When 'MODE' is 'all', this installs all built packages
* When 'MODE' is 'auto', this installs all built packages which are currently installed
PKGBUILD Options
----------------
*--pkgver*='PKGVER'::
Set pkgver, reset pkgrel and update checksums
*--pkgrel*='PKGREL'::
Set pkgrel to a given value
*--rebuild*::
Increment the current pkgrel variable
*--update-checksums*::
Force computation and update of the checksums by disabling auto-detection. +
Should only be used in special circumstances, like when adding new patch
files to the source array. During regular packaging operations, checksums
are either automatically updated when upgrading a package using `--pkgver`
or should remain immutable during rebuilds.
*-e, --edit*::
Edit the PKGBUILD before building
Release Options
---------------
*-r, --release*::
Automatically commit, tag and release after building +
Specifying this option is required when using any of the following options
in this section
*-m, --message* 'MSG'::
Use the given <msg> as the commit message
*-u, --db-update*::
Automatically update the pacman database as last action
Options
-------
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
See Also
--------
pkgctl-release(1)
pkgctl-db-update(1)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
pkgctl-db-move(1)
=================
Name
----
pkgctl-db-move - Move packages between binary repositories.
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl db move [OPTIONS] [SOURCE_REPO] [TARGET_REPO] [PKGBASE]...
Description
-----------
Move packages between binary repositories i.e. from 'extra-testing' to 'extra'.
Options
-------
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
pkgctl-db-remove(1)
===================
Name
----
pkgctl-db-remove - Remove packages from binary repositories
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl db remove [OPTIONS] [REPO] [PKGBASE]...
Description
-----------
Remove packages from pacman repositories. By default passing a pkgbase removes
all split packages, debug packages as well as entries from the state repo for
all existing architectures.
Beware when using the `--partial` option, as it may most likely lead to
undesired effects by leaving debug packages behind as well as dangling entries
in the state repository.
Options
-------
*--partial*::
Remove only partial pkgnames from a split package. This leaves debug
packages behind and pkgbase entries in the state repo.
*-a, --arch* 'ARCH'::
Remove only one specific architecture (disables auto-detection).
By default all architectures are removed when this option is not used.
*--noconfirm*::
Bypass any confirmation messages, should only be used with caution.
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
pkgctl-db-update(1)
===================
Name
----
pkgctl-db-update - Update the binary repository as final release step
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl db update [OPTIONS]
Description
-----------
Update the pacman database as final release step for packages that
have been transfered and staged on 'repos.archlinux.org'.
Options
-------
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
pkgctl-db(1)
============
NAME
----
pkgctl-db - Pacman database modification utility for package updates, moves, and more.
SYNOPSIS
--------
pkgctl db [OPTIONS] [SUBCOMMAND]
DESCRIPTION
-----------
Managing the Pacman database and facilitate the modification of packages and their metadata
within the database
OPTIONS
-------
*-h, --help*::
Display usage information and available options.
Subcommands
-----------
pkgctl db update::
Update the binary repository as final release step
pkgctl db move::
Move packages between binary repositories
pkgctl db remove::
Remove packages from binary repositories
SEE ALSO
--------
pkgctl-db-update(1)
pkgctl-db-move(1)
pkgctl-db-remove(1)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
pkgctl-diff(1)
==============
Name
----
pkgctl-diff - Compare package files using different modes.
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl diff [OPTIONS] [MODES] [FILE|PKGNAME...]
Description
-----------
Searches for a locally built package corresponding to the PKGBUILD, and
downloads the last version of that package from the Pacman repositories.
It then compares the package archives using different modes while using
simple tar content list by default.
When given one package, use it to diff against the locally built one.
When given two packages, diff both packages against each other.
In either case, a package name will be converted to a filename from the cache
or pool, and 'pkgctl diff' will proceed as though this filename was initially
specified.
Options
-------
*-M, --makepkg-config*::
Set an alternate makepkg configuration file
*-P, --pool*='DIR'::
Search diff target in pool dir (default `'/srv/ftp/pool'`)
*-v, --verbose*::
Provide more detailed/unfiltered output
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
Output Options
--------------
*--color*[='WHEN']::
Color output; 'WHEN' is `'never'`, `'always'`, or `'auto'`; Plain *--color* means *--color='auto'*
*-u, -U, --unified*::
Output 3 lines of unified context
*-y, --side-by-side*::
Output in two columns
*-W, --width*[='NUM']::
Output at most 'NUM' (default `'auto'`) print columns; 'NUM' can be `'auto'`, `'columns'` or a number.
`'auto'` will be resolved to the maximum line length of both files, guaranteeing the diff to be uncut.
Modes
-----
*-l, --list*::
Activate tar content list diff mode (default)
*-d, --diffoscope*::
Activate diffoscope diff mode
*-p, --pkginfo*::
Activate .PKGINFO diff mode
*-b, --buildinfo*::
Activate .BUILDINFO diff mode
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
pkgctl-issue-close(1)
=====================
Name
----
pkgctl-issue-close - Close an issue
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl issue close [OPTIONS] [IID]
Description
-----------
This command is used to close an issue in Arch Linux packaging projects. It
finalizes the issue by marking it as resolved and optionally providing a reason
for its closure.
To edit an issue, users must specify the issue ID (IID). By default, the
command operates within the current directory, but users have the option to
specify a different package base.
Users can provide a message directly through the command line to explain the
reason for closing the issue. For more detailed or precise reasons, users can
opt to edit the closure message using a text editor before submitting it.
Additionally, a specific resolution label can be set to categorize the closure
reason, with the default label being "completed."
Options
-------
*-p, --package* 'PKGBASE'::
Interact with `PKGBASE` instead of the current directory
*-m, --message* 'MSG'::
Use the provided message as the reason for closing
*-e, --edit*::
Edit the reason for closing using an editor
*-r, --resolution* 'REASON'::
Set a specific resolution label (default: completed)
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
pkgctl-issue-comment(1)
=======================
Name
----
pkgctl-issue-comment - Comment on an issue
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl issue comment [OPTIONS] [IID]
Description
-----------
This command allows users to add comments to an issue in Arch Linux packaging
projects. This command is useful for providing feedback, updates, or any
additional information related to an issue directly within the project's issue
tracking system.
By default, the command interacts with the current directory, but users can
specify a different package base if needed.
Users can provide a comment message directly through the command line, ensuring
quick and efficient communication. Additionally, for more detailed or formatted
comments, users have the option to edit their comment using a text editor
before submitting it.
Options
-------
*-p, --package PKGBASE*::
Interact with `PKGBASE` instead of the current directory
*-m, --message MSG*::
Use the provided message as the comment
*-e, --edit*::
Edit the comment using an editor
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
pkgctl-issue-create(1)
======================
Name
----
pkgctl-issue-create - Create a new issue
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl issue create [OPTIONS]
Description
-----------
The create command is used to create a new issue for an Arch Linux package.
This command is suitable for reporting bugs, regressions, feature requests, or
any other issues related to a package. It provides a flexible way to document
and track new issues within the project's issue tracking system.
By default, the command operates within the current directory, but users can
specify a different package base if needed.
Users can provide a title for the issue directly through the command line. The
issue description can be supplied from a file or edited using a text editor.
Alternatively, users can opt to continue the issue creation process using the
web interface for a more interactive experience.
The command allows setting various labels and attributes for the issue, such as
confidentiality, priority, scope, severity, and status. These options help
categorize and prioritize the issue appropriately within the tracking system.
In case of a failed run, the command can automatically recover to ensure that
the issue creation process is completed without losing any data.
This command is essential for maintainers, contributors, and users who need to
report new issues related to Arch Linux packages.
Options
-------
*-p, --package* 'PKGBASE'::
Interact with `PKGBASE` instead of the current directory
*-t, --title* 'TITLE'::
Use the provided title for the issue
*-F, --file* 'FILE'::
Take issue description from <file>
*-e, --edit*::
Edit the issue description using an editor
*-w, --web*::
Continue issue creation with the web interface
*--recover*::
Automatically recover from a failed run
*--confidentiality* 'TYPE'::
Set the issue confidentiality
*--priority* 'PRIORITY'::
Set the priority label
*--scope* 'SCOPE'::
Set the scope label
*--severity* 'SEVERITY'::
Set the severity label
*--status* 'STATUS'::
Set the status label
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
pkgctl-issue-edit(1)
====================
Name
----
pkgctl-issue-edit - Edit and modify an issue
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl issue edit [OPTIONS] [IID]
Description
-----------
The pkgctl issue edit command is used to modify an existing issue in Arch Linux
packaging projects. This command allows users to update the issue's title,
description, and various attributes, ensuring that the issue information
remains accurate and up-to-date. It also provides a streamlined facility
for bug wranglers to categorize and prioritize issues efficiently.
To edit an issue, users must specify the issue ID (IID). By default, the
command operates within the current directory, but users can specify a
different package base if needed.
The command allows for direct updates to the issue title and description. For
more extensive changes, users can edit these details using a text editor. The
command provides various options to set or update labels and attributes such as
confidentiality, priority, resolution, scope, severity, and status. These
options help maintain clear and organized issue management.
In case of a failed run, the command can automatically recover to ensure that
the editing process is completed without losing any data.
This command is particularly useful for maintainers and contributors who need
to update the details of an issue to reflect new information or changes in
status. It ensures that all issue details are accurately maintained,
facilitating efficient tracking and resolution.
Options
-------
*-p, --package* 'PKGBASE'::
Interact with `PKGBASE` instead of the current directory
*-t, --title* 'TITLE'::
Use the provided title for the issue
*-e, --edit*::
Edit the issue title and description using an editor
*--recover*::
Automatically recover from a failed run
*--confidentiality* 'TYPE'::
Set the issue confidentiality
*--priority* 'PRIORITY'::
Set the priority label
*--resolution* 'REASON'::
Set the resolution label
*--scope* 'SCOPE'::
Set the scope label
*--severity* 'SEVERITY'::
Set the severity label
*--status* 'STATUS'::
Set the status label
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
pkgctl-issue-list(1)
====================
Name
----
pkgctl-issue-list - List project or group issues
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl issue list [OPTIONS] [PKGBASE]
Description
-----------
The pkgctl issue list command is used to list issues associated with a specific
packaging project or the entire packaging subgroup in Arch Linux. This command
facilitates efficient issue management by allowing users to list and filter
issues based on various criteria.
Results can also be displayed directly in a web browser for easier navigation
and review.
The command offers filtering options to refine the results. Users can include
closed issues, filter exclusively for unconfirmed issues, or focus on issues
with specific labels such as priority, confidentiality, resolution, scope,
severity, and status.
Additionally, users can search within issue titles or descriptions and filter
issues by the assignee or author. There are also convenient shortcuts to filter
issues assigned to or created by the current user.
This command is particularly useful for package maintainers and contributors in
the Arch Linux community who need to track and manage issues efficiently. It
provides a comprehensive view of the project's or group's issue landscape,
enabling maintainers to address and prioritize issues effectively.
Options
-------
*-g, --group*::
Get issues from the whole packaging subgroup
*-w, --web*::
View results in a browser
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
Filter Options
--------------
*-A, --all*::
Get all issues including closed
*-c, --closed*::
Get only closed issues
*-U, --unconfirmed*::
Shorthand to filter by unconfirmed status label
*--search* 'SEARCH'::
Search <string> in the fields defined by --in
*--in* 'LOCATION'::
Search in title or description (default: all)
*-l, --label* 'NAME'::
Filter issue by label <name>
*--confidentiality* 'TYPE'::
Filter by confidentiality
*--priority* 'PRIORITY'::
Shorthand to filter by priority label
*--resolution* 'REASON'::
Shorthand to filter by resolution label
*--scope* 'SCOPE'::
Shorthand to filter by scope label
*--severity* 'SEVERITY'::
Shorthand to filter by severity label
*--status* 'STATUS'::
Shorthand to filter by status label
*--assignee* 'USERNAME'::
Filter issues assigned to the given username
*--assigned-to-me*::
Shorthand to filter issues assigned to you
*--author* 'USERNAME'::
Filter issues authored by the given username
*--created-by-me*::
Shorthand to filter issues created by you
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
pkgctl-issue-move(1)
====================
Name
----
pkgctl-issue-move - Move an issue to another project
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl issue move [OPTIONS] [IID] [DESTINATION_PACKAGE]
Description
-----------
The move command allows users to transfer an issue from one project to another
within the Arch Linux packaging group. This is useful when an issue is
identified to be more relevant or better handled in a different project.
By default, the command operates within the current directory, but users can
specify a different package base from which to move the issue.
Users must specify the issue ID (IID) and the destination package to which the
issue should be moved. A comment message explaining the reason for the move can
be provided directly through the command line. For more detailed explanations
or additional context, users have the option to edit the move comment using a
text editor before submitting it.
Options
-------
*-p, --package* 'PKGBASE'::
Move from `PKGBASE` instead of the current directory
*-m, --message* 'MSG'::
Use the provided message as the comment
*-e, --edit*::
Edit the comment using an editor
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
pkgctl-issue-reopen(1)
======================
Name
----
pkgctl-issue-reopen - Reopen a closed issue
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl issue reopen [OPTIONS] [IID]
Description
-----------
The reopen command is used to reopen a previously closed issue in Arch Linux
packaging projects. This command is useful when an issue needs to be revisited
or additional work is required after it was initially closed.
To edit an issue, users must specify the issue ID (IID). By default, the
command operates within the current directory, but users can specify a
different package base if needed.
Users can provide a message directly through the command line to explain the
reason for reopening the issue. For more detailed explanations or to provide
additional context, users have the option to edit the reopening comment using a
text editor before submitting it.
Options
-------
*-p, --package* 'PKGBASE'::
Interact with `PKGBASE` instead of the current directory
*-m, --message* 'MSG'::
Use the provided message as the comment
*-e, --edit*::
Edit the comment using an editor
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
pkgctl-issue-view(1)
====================
Name
----
pkgctl-issue-view - Display information about an issue
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl issue view [OPTIONS]
Description
-----------
This command is designed to display detailed information about a specific issue
in Arch Linux packaging projects. It gathers and pretty prints all relevant
data about the issue, providing a comprehensive view that includes the issue's
description, status as well as labels and creation date.
By default, the command operates within the current directory, but users have
the option to specify a different package base. Additionally, users can choose
to view the issue in a web browser for a more interactive experience.
For those requiring deeper insights, the command can also display all comments
and activities related to the issue, providing a full historical context and
ongoing discussions.
Options
-------
*-p, --package* 'PKGBASE'::
Interact with `PKGBASE` instead of the current directory
*-c, --comments*::
Show issue comments and activities
*-w, --web*::
Open issue in a browser
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
pkgctl-issue(1)
===============
Name
----
pkgctl-issue - Work with GitLab packaging issues
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl issue [SUBCOMMAND] [OPTIONS]
Description
-----------
Work with GitLab packaging issues.
Options
-------
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
Subcommands
-----------
pkgctl issue close::
Close an issue
pkgctl issue comment::
Comment on an issue
pkgctl issue create::
Create a new issue
pkgctl issue edit::
Edit and modify an issue
pkgctl issue list::
List project or group issues
pkgctl issue move::
Move an issue to another project
pkgctl issue reopen::
Reopen a closed issue
pkgctl issue view::
Display information about an issue
See Also
--------
pkgctl-issue-close(1)
pkgctl-issue-comment(1)
pkgctl-issue-create(1)
pkgctl-issue-edit(1)
pkgctl-issue-list(1)
pkgctl-issue-move(1)
pkgctl-issue-reopen(1)
pkgctl-issue-view(1)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
pkgctl-license-check(1)
=======================
Name
----
pkgctl-license-check - Checks package licensing compliance using REUSE
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl license check [OPTIONS] [PKGBASE...]
Description
-----------
Checks package licensing compliance using REUSE and also verifies whether
a LICENSE file with the expected Arch Linux-specific 0BSD license text exists.
Configuration
-------------
Uses reuse(1) and a `REUSE.toml` file located alongside the PKGBUILD(5). Refer
to the configuration section in pkgctl-license(1).
If no `PKGBASE` is specified, the command defaults to using the current working
directory.
Options
-------
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
Exit Codes
----------
On exit, return one of the following codes:
*0*::
Normal exit condition, all checked packages are compliant
*1*::
Unknown cause of failure
*2*::
Normal exit condition, but some packages are not compliant
See Also
--------
pkgctl-license(1)
reuse(1)
PKGBUILD(5)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
pkgctl-license-setup(1)
=======================
Name
----
pkgctl-license-setup - Automatically detect and setup a basic REUSE
configuration
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl license setup [OPTIONS] [PKGBASE...]
Description
-----------
This subcommand automates the creation of the Arch Linux 0BSD package license
file as well as a basic reuse(1) configuration by applying simple heuristics.
It comes in especially handy when initially setting up licensing for a package
without the need to manually write a `REUSE.toml` file.
If any `.patch` files are detected and the PKGBUILD(5) has only a single entry
in the `license=()` array, this subcommand assumes the patches are licensed
under that license and generates annotations for them.
In case there are no patches, no additional annotations are generated.
Manual annotations are necessary in case the subcommand can't generate a
configuration that accounts for all files. In this case, `reuse lint` will fail
with a descriptive error of which files are missing an annotation.
If no `PKGBASE` is specified, the command defaults to using the current working
directory.
Options
-------
*-f, --force*::
Overwrite existing reuse(1) configuration
*--no-check*::
Do not run pkgctl-license-check(1) after setup
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
See Also
--------
pkgctl-license(1)
pkgctl-license-check(1)
reuse(1)
PKGBUILD(5)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
pkgctl-license(1)
=================
Name
----
pkgctl-license - Check and manage package license compliance
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl license [OPTIONS] [SUBCOMMAND]
Description
-----------
Commands related to package licenses, including checks for compliance.
Uses reuse(1) and a `REUSE.toml` file located alongside the PKGBUILD(5).
Configuration
-------------
The `REUSE.toml` file must contain annotations for all regular files expected
to be present in an Arch Linux package repository.
Use pkgctl-license-setup(1) to automatically detect and setup a basic REUSE
config file based on the files in the package repository.
For detailed information on the various configuration options available for the
`REUSE.toml` file, refer to the REUSE Specification (https://reuse.software/spec).
Options
-------
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
Subcommands
-----------
pkgctl license check::
Checks package licensing compliance using REUSE
pkgctl license setup::
Automatically detect and setup a basic REUSE config
See Also
--------
pkgctl-license-check(1)
pkgctl-license-setup(1)
reuse(1)
PKGBUILD(5)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
pkgctl-release(1)
=================
Name
----
pkgctl-release - Release step to commit, tag and upload build artifacts
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl release [OPTIONS] [PATH...]
Description
-----------
Modified version controlled files will first be staged for commit,
afterwards a Git tag matching the pkgver will be created and finally
all build artifacts will be uploaded.
By default the target pacman repository will be auto-detected by querying
the repo it is currently released in. When initially adding a new package
to the repositories, the target repo must be specified manually.
Options
-------
*-m, --message* 'MSG'::
Use the given <msg> as the commit message
*-r, --repo* 'REPO'::
Specify target repository for new packages not in any official repo.
Using this option is disallowed if the package is already released, as it
would circumvent the auto-detection safeguard.
*-s, --staging*::
Build against the staging counterpart of the auto-detected repo
*-t, --testing*::
Build against the testing counterpart of the auto-detected repo
*-u, --db-update*::
Automatically update the pacman database after uploading
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
See Also
--------
pkgctl-db-update(1)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
pkgctl-repo-clean(1)
====================
Name
----
pkgctl-repo-clean - Remove untracked files from the working tree
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl repo clean [OPTION] [PATH]...
Description
-----------
Cleans the working tree by recursively removing files that are not under
version control, starting from the current directory.
Files unknown to Git as well as ignored files are removed. This can, for
example, be useful to remove all build products.
Options
-------
*-i, --interactive*::
Show what would be done and clean files interactively
*-n, --dry-run*::
Don't actually remove anything, just show what would be done
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
See Also
--------
git-clean(1)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
pkgctl-repo-clone(1)
====================
Name
----
pkgctl-repo-clone - Clone a package repository
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl repo clone [OPTIONS] [PKGNAME...]
Description
-----------
Clone Git packaging repositories from the canonical namespace.
The configure command is subsequently invoked to synchronize the distro
specs and makepkg.conf settings. The unprivileged option can be used
for cloning packaging repositories without SSH access using read-only
HTTPS.
Options
-------
*-m, --maintainer* 'NAME'::
Clone all packages of the named maintainer
*--protocol* 'https'::
Clone the repository over https
*--universe*::
Clone all existing packages, useful for cache warming
*--switch* 'VERSION'::
Switch to a specified version. The working tree and the index are updated to
match the version.
*-j, --jobs* 'N'::
Run up to N jobs in parallel. By default the number of jobs is equal to the
number of available processing units. For sequential processing this option
needs to be passed with 1.
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
See Also
--------
pkgctl-repo-configure(1)
pkgctl-repo-switch(1)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
pkgctl-repo-configure(1)
========================
Name
----
pkgctl-repo-configure - Configure a clone according to distro specs
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl repo configure [OPTIONS] [PATH...]
Description
-----------
Configure Git packaging repositories according to distro specs and
'makepkg.conf' settings.
Git author information and the used signing key is set up from
'makepkg.conf' read from any valid location like '/etc' or 'XDG_CONFIG_HOME'.
The remote protocol is automatically determined from the author email
address by choosing SSH for all official packager identities and
read-only HTTPS otherwise.
Git default excludes and hooks are applied to the configured repo.
Options
-------
*--protocol* 'https'::
Configure remote url to use https
*-j, --jobs* 'N'::
Run up to N jobs in parallel. By default the number of jobs is equal to the
number of available processing units. For sequential processing this option
needs to be passed with 1.
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
pkgctl-repo-create(1)
=====================
Name
----
pkgctl-repo-create - Create a new GitLab package repository
Synopsis
--------
pkgctl repo create [OPTIONS] [PKGBASE...]
Description
-----------
Create a new Git packaging repository in the canonical GitLab namespace.
This command requires a valid GitLab API authentication. To setup a new
GitLab token or check the currently configured one please consult the
'auth' subcommand for further instructions.
If invoked without a parameter, try to create a packaging repository
based on the 'PKGBUILD' from the current working directory.
Options
-------
*-c, --clone*::
Clone the Git repository after creation
*-h, --help*::
Show a help text
See Also
--------
pkgctl-auth(1)
pkgctl-repo-clone(1)
pkgctl-repo-configure(1)
include::include/footer.asciidoc[]

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More